# migrations

dir: sysdb
filename: 00001-collections.sqlite.sql
hash: 38352d725ad1c16074fac420b22b4633
sql:
CREATE TABLE collections (
    id TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
    name TEXT NOT NULL,
    topic TEXT NOT NULL,
    UNIQUE (name)
);

CREATE TABLE collection_metadata (
    collection_id TEXT REFERENCES collections(id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
    key TEXT NOT NULL,
    str_value TEXT,
    int_value INTEGER,
    float_value REAL,
    PRIMARY KEY (collection_id, key)
);


dir: sysdb
filename: 00002-segments.sqlite.sql
hash: 2913cb6a503055a95f625448037e8912
sql:
CREATE TABLE segments (
    id TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
    type TEXT NOT NULL,
    scope TEXT NOT NULL,
    topic TEXT,
    collection TEXT REFERENCES collection(id)
);

CREATE TABLE segment_metadata (
    segment_id TEXT  REFERENCES segments(id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
    key TEXT NOT NULL,
    str_value TEXT,
    int_value INTEGER,
    float_value REAL,
    PRIMARY KEY (segment_id, key)
);


dir: sysdb
filename: 00004-tenants-databases.sqlite.sql
hash: 048867ce8fcdefe4023c7110e4433591
sql:
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS tenants (
    id TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
    UNIQUE (id)
);

CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS databases (
    id TEXT PRIMARY KEY, -- unique globally
    name TEXT NOT NULL, -- unique per tenant
    tenant_id TEXT NOT NULL REFERENCES tenants(id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
    UNIQUE (tenant_id, name) -- Ensure that a tenant has only one database with a given name
);

CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS collections_tmp (
    id TEXT PRIMARY KEY, -- unique globally
    name TEXT NOT NULL, -- unique per database
    topic TEXT NOT NULL,
    dimension INTEGER,
    database_id TEXT NOT NULL REFERENCES databases(id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
    UNIQUE (name, database_id)
);

-- Create default tenant and database
INSERT OR REPLACE INTO tenants (id) VALUES ('default_tenant'); -- The default tenant id is 'default_tenant' others are UUIDs
INSERT OR REPLACE INTO databases (id, name, tenant_id) VALUES ('00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000', 'default_database', 'default_tenant');

INSERT OR REPLACE INTO collections_tmp (id, name, topic, dimension, database_id)
    SELECT id, name, topic, dimension, '00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000' FROM collections;
DROP TABLE collections;
ALTER TABLE collections_tmp RENAME TO collections;


dir: sysdb
filename: 00005-remove-topic.sqlite.sql
hash: b1367c826b8fba5f96f27befdc1d42d2
sql:
-- Remove the topic column from the Collections and Segments tables

ALTER TABLE collections DROP COLUMN topic;
ALTER TABLE segments DROP COLUMN topic;


dir: sysdb
filename: 00006-collection-segment-metadata.sqlite.sql
hash: 4eea7468935bf25d4604a0fed2366116
sql:
-- SQLite does not support adding check with alter table, as a result, adding a check
-- involve creating a new table and copying the data over. It is over kill with adding
-- a boolean type column. The application write to the table needs to ensure the data
-- integrity.
ALTER TABLE collection_metadata ADD COLUMN bool_value INTEGER;
ALTER TABLE segment_metadata ADD COLUMN bool_value INTEGER;


dir: sysdb
filename: 00007-collection-config.sqlite.sql
hash: 1c7e63bba346a42a18b6ab7f1c989bed
sql:
-- Stores collection configuration dictionaries.
ALTER TABLE collections ADD COLUMN config_json_str TEXT;


dir: sysdb
filename: 00008-maintenance-log.sqlite.sql
hash: 0a0e7e93111a01789addf64961c6127c
sql:
-- Records when database maintenance operations are performed.
-- At time of creation, this table is only used to record vacuum operations.
CREATE TABLE maintenance_log (
  id INT PRIMARY KEY,
  timestamp INT NOT NULL,
  operation TEXT NOT NULL
);


dir: sysdb
filename: 00009-segment-collection-not-null.sqlite.sql
hash: 054355aef9e63702bf54ea29e61563f1
sql:
-- This makes segments.collection non-nullable.
CREATE TABLE segments_temp (
    id TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
    type TEXT NOT NULL,
    scope TEXT NOT NULL,
    collection TEXT REFERENCES collection(id) NOT NULL
);

INSERT INTO segments_temp SELECT * FROM segments;
DROP TABLE segments;
ALTER TABLE segments_temp RENAME TO segments;


dir: metadb
filename: 00001-embedding-metadata.sqlite.sql
hash: 2b4cf52c4bb2676e21d6860a4409f856
sql:
CREATE TABLE embeddings (
    id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
    segment_id TEXT NOT NULL,
    embedding_id TEXT NOT NULL,
    seq_id BLOB NOT NULL,
    created_at TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
    UNIQUE (segment_id, embedding_id)
);

CREATE TABLE embedding_metadata (
    id INTEGER REFERENCES embeddings(id),
    key TEXT NOT NULL,
    string_value TEXT,
    int_value INTEGER,
    float_value REAL,
    PRIMARY KEY (id, key)
);

CREATE TABLE max_seq_id (
    segment_id TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
    seq_id BLOB NOT NULL
);

CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE embedding_fulltext USING fts5(id, string_value);


dir: metadb
filename: 00002-embedding-metadata.sqlite.sql
hash: 12a570f7121b3a8ce750a2a7c36da20f
sql:
-- SQLite does not support adding check with alter table, as a result, adding a check
-- involve creating a new table and copying the data over. It is over kill with adding
-- a boolean type column. The application write to the table needs to ensure the data
-- integrity.
ALTER TABLE embedding_metadata ADD COLUMN bool_value INTEGER


dir: metadb
filename: 00003-full-text-tokenize.sqlite.sql
hash: f97ad6334aeaa8f419f01110b648b97a
sql:
CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE embedding_fulltext_search USING fts5(string_value, tokenize='trigram');
INSERT INTO embedding_fulltext_search (rowid, string_value) SELECT rowid, string_value FROM embedding_metadata;
DROP TABLE embedding_fulltext;


dir: metadb
filename: 00004-metadata-indices.sqlite.sql
hash: fb36603a45ee2cd0254cef3ef86585e8
sql:
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS embedding_metadata_int_value ON embedding_metadata (key, int_value) WHERE int_value IS NOT NULL;
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS embedding_metadata_float_value ON embedding_metadata (key, float_value) WHERE float_value IS NOT NULL;
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS embedding_metadata_string_value ON embedding_metadata (key, string_value) WHERE string_value IS NOT NULL;


dir: metadb
filename: 00005-max-seq-id-int.sqlite.sql
hash: 0e9de46758761b373ce682925edcc326
sql:
ALTER TABLE max_seq_id ADD COLUMN int_seq_id INTEGER;

-- Convert 8 byte wide big-endian integer as blob to native 64 bit integer.
-- Adapted from https://stackoverflow.com/a/70296198.
UPDATE max_seq_id SET int_seq_id = (
  SELECT (
       (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -1 , 1)) <<  0)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -2 , 1)) <<  4)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -3 , 1)) <<  8)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -4 , 1)) << 12)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -5 , 1)) << 16)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -6 , 1)) << 20)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -7 , 1)) << 24)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -8 , 1)) << 28)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -9 , 1)) << 32)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -10, 1)) << 36)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -11, 1)) << 40)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -12, 1)) << 44)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -13, 1)) << 48)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -14, 1)) << 52)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -15, 1)) << 56)
     | (instr('123456789ABCDEF', substr(hex(seq_id), -16, 1)) << 60)
    )
);

ALTER TABLE max_seq_id DROP COLUMN seq_id;
ALTER TABLE max_seq_id RENAME COLUMN int_seq_id TO seq_id;


dir: embeddings_queue
filename: 00001-embeddings.sqlite.sql
hash: d3755dfd232be8e8301f4d7fcfb3a486
sql:
CREATE TABLE embeddings_queue (
    seq_id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
    created_at TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
    operation INTEGER NOT NULL,
    topic TEXT NOT NULL,
    id TEXT NOT NULL,
    vector BLOB,
    encoding TEXT,
    metadata TEXT
);


# collections

id: 3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
name: my_instrument_manual_chunks
database_id: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000
config_json_str:
{"vector_index":{"hnsw":{"space":"l2","ef_construction":100,"ef_search":100,"max_neighbors":16,"resize_factor":1.2,"sync_threshold":1000}},"embedding_function":{"type":"known","name":"default","config":{}}}


# embedding_metadata

key: chroma:document
string_value:
InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Using the Module Magnets Turn on/off Status Indicators Instrument Configuration Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation The Detector User Interface Detector Control Settings Method Parameter Settings This chapter explains the essential operational parameters of the module. 38 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Magnets Magnets 1 This stack exemplarily shows the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Magnets Magnets 1 This stack exemplarily shows the magnets' positions in the modules. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Turn on/off Turn on/off Power switch (1) On (2) Off 40 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Status Indicators Status Indicators 1 The module status indicator indicates one of six possible module conditions: Status indicators 1. Idle 2. Run mode 3.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
indicator indicates one of six possible module conditions: Status indicators 1. Idle 2. Run mode 3. Not-ready. Waiting for a specific pre-run condition to be reached or completed. 4. Error mode - interrupts the analysis and requires attention (for example a leak or defective internal components). 5. Resident mode (blinking) - for example during update of main firmware. 6. Bootloader mode (fast blinking). Try to re-boot the module or try a cold-start. Then try a firmware update. InfinityLab LC


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Try to re-boot the module or try a cold-start. Then try a firmware update. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Instrument Configuration Instrument Configuration 1 Set the switches of the Configuration switch at the rear of the module: a All switches DOWN: module uses the default IP address 192.168.254.11. b Switch 4 UP and others DOWN: module uses DHCP. 2 Enter the setup information (MAC / IP address and/or Instrument Name). a Agilent OpenLab ChemStation


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the setup information (MAC / IP address and/or Instrument Name). a Agilent OpenLab ChemStation (Configure Instrument): 42 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Instrument Configuration b Lab Advisor (Instrument Overview - Add Instrument): InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation The setup of the detector is shown with


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation The setup of the detector is shown with the Agilent OpenLab ChemStation C.01.07 and Driver A.02.14. Figure 14 ChemStation Method and Run Control (just detector is shown) After successful load of the OpenLab ChemStation, you should see the module as an active item in the graphical user interface (GUI). NOTE This section describes the detector settings only. For information on the Agilent OpenLab ChemStation or other 1200 Infinity modules


key: chroma:document
string_value:
settings only. For information on the Agilent OpenLab ChemStation or other 1200 Infinity modules refer to the corresponding documentation. 44 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module The Detector User Interface The Detector User Interface Within the detector GUI, there are active areas. If you move the mouse cursor across the icons the cursor will change. 1 Lamp: turn on and off of UV-lamp 2 EMF status 3 Detector status 4 Lamp status (on/off) and information


key: chroma:document
string_value:
turn on and off of UV-lamp 2 EMF status 3 Detector status 4 Lamp status (on/off) and information (RFID tag) 5 Flow Cell information (RFID tag) RFID tag information is displayed when moving with the mouse cursor on to the tag attached to the flow cell or lamp. The information provides flow cell and lamp related information like  Part number  Production date  Serial number and other details. EMF Status shows Run / Ready / Error state and “Not Ready text” or “Error text”  Offline (gray)  Ok.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Status shows Run / Ready / Error state and “Not Ready text” or “Error text”  Offline (gray)  Ok. No Maintenance required (green)  EMF warning. Maintenance might be required (yellow)  EMF warning. Maintenance required (red) Important: The EMF settings can be accessed via Agilent Lab Advisor. The limit(s) can be changed. Based on the limit, the User Interface displays the above status. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module The Detector User Interface Module


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module The Detector User Interface Module Status shows Run / Ready / Error state and “Not Ready text” or “Error text”  Error (red)  Not ready (yellow)  Ready (green)  Pre run, Post run (purple)  Run (blue)  Idle (green)  Offline (dark gray)  Standby (light gray) A right-click into the Active Area will open a menu to  Show the Control Interface (special module settings)  Show the Method interface (similar as via menu Instrument >


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Interface (special module settings)  Show the Method interface (similar as via menu Instrument > Setup Instrument Method)  Set Error Method  Identify Module (Status LED will blink)  Perform a Balance  Switch the UV-lamp on/off (same as click on button “Make Device Ready/Turn device off (standby)”) 46 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Detector Control Settings Detector Control Settings The figure shows the default settings. L a m p s : can be


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Settings Detector Control Settings The figure shows the default settings. L a m p s : can be turned ON/OFF.  Analog Output Range : can be set to either 100 mV or 1 Vfull scale, for additional settings see Analog Output (under “Method Parameter Settings” on page 47). U V L a m p T a g  Automatic detects a lamp with RFID tag. If no RFID tag lamp is used, “UV lamp not ready” is displayed and it cannot be ignited. A compatible mode has to be selected based on the used lamp; see Non-RFID-tag


key: chroma:document
string_value:
it cannot be ignited. A compatible mode has to be selected based on the used lamp; see Non-RFID-tag lamp information below.  Manual (by PN) uses the selected “heating” mode. This mode can also be used when the RFID tag of the standard lamp (Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag (5190-0917)) is not recognized (defect RFID tag or reader).  Non-RFID-tag lamp: In case a non-RFID-tag lamp is used, the user interface will show this when selecting a compatible mode. You may operate the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is used, the user interface will show this when selecting a compatible mode. You may operate the detector outside of the guaranteed specification. The correct selection is important for optimal performance and lifetime. A t P o w e r O n: automatic lamp-on at power on. A u t o m a t i c T u r n O n: automatic detector power on. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Method Parameter Settings These settings are available via Menu >


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Module Method Parameter Settings Method Parameter Settings These settings are available via Menu > Instrument > Set up Instrument Method or via right click into the module’s active area (does not show the Instrument Curves tab). Figure 15 Method parameter settings NOTE For additional help and support: Highlight the desired cell and press F1. A help screen will open with additional information and documentation about the topic. 48 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using


key: chroma:document
string_value:
documentation about the topic. 48 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Table 5 Method Parameter Settings Signals Up to 8 individual signals can be set. For each of the signals, the wavelength and bandwidth can be set for sample and reference. Limits:  Wavelength: 190.0 to 640.0 nm in steps of 0.1 nm  Bandwidth: 1.0 to 400.0 nm in steps of 0.1 nm Setting an appropriate reference wavelength could improve the baseline behavior.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in steps of 0.1 nm Setting an appropriate reference wavelength could improve the baseline behavior. Figure 16 G7117B Peakwitdth Settings Figure 17 G7117A/C Peakwitdth Settings Peakwidth (Responsetime, Data Rate) Peakwidth enables you to select the peak width (response time) for your analysis. The peak width is defined as the width of a peak, in minutes, at half the peak height. Set the peak width to the narrowest expected peak in your chromatogram. The peak width sets the optimum response time


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to the narrowest expected peak in your chromatogram. The peak width sets the optimum response time for your detector. The peak detector ignores any peaks that are considerably narrower, or wider, than the peak width setting. The response time is the time between 10 % and 90 % of the output signal in response to an input step function. When the All spectrum storage option is selected, then spectra are acquired continuously depending on the setting of the peak width. The time specified by the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are acquired continuously depending on the setting of the peak width. The time specified by the peak width is used as a factor in the acquisition of spectra. The acquisition time for one spectrum is slightly less than the peak width divided by 8, which is the acquisition time. Limits: When you set the peak width (in minutes), the corresponding response time is set automatically and the appropriate data rate for signal and spectra acquisition is selected. Do not use peak width shorter than


key: chroma:document
string_value:
data rate for signal and spectra acquisition is selected. Do not use peak width shorter than necessary. G7117A: Do not use 0.025 s response time (no filtering/high noise and no need (actually ultra-fast LC doesn't deliver peaks <0.0025 min/<0.15 s). NOTE The G7117A and the G7117C have a data rate of up to 120 Hz. The G7117B has a data rate of up to 240 Hz. For details see “Peak width (response time)” on page 77. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method


key: chroma:document
string_value:
time)” on page 77. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Stoptime/Posttime The stoptime is the time where either the complete system stops (As Pump/Injector) or the module (if different from system stop time). The data collection is stopped at this time. A posttime period can be used to allow module’s items to equilibrate (e.g. after gradient change or temperature change). Spectrum Settings  None  All  Range (from - to)  Step


key: chroma:document
string_value:
gradient change or temperature change). Spectrum Settings  None  All  Range (from - to)  Step width Analog Output The range can be set to either 100 mV or 1 V full scale, see “Detector Control Settings” on page 46.  Zero Offset : 1 – 99 % in steps of 1 % (5 % equal to 50 mV).  Attenuation : 0.98 – 2000 mAU at discrete values for either 100 mV or 1 V full scale. Margin for negative Absorbance Use this field to modify the detector’s signal handling to increase the margin for negative


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Use this field to modify the detector’s signal handling to increase the margin for negative absorbance. Use this option if, for example, your solvent gradient produces a decreasing baseline absorbance, and for GPC analyses. Limits: 100 to 4000 mAU. The higher the value the greater the baseline noise. Set this value only if you expect negative absorbance greater than -100 mAU. Slitwidth (G7117B): You can select the optical bandwidth (1, 2, 4 or 8 nm) of the detector; the narrower the slit, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
You can select the optical bandwidth (1, 2, 4 or 8 nm) of the detector; the narrower the slit, the smaller the optical bandwidth of the instrument, but the lower its sensitivity. The smaller the optical bandwidth the higher the spectral resolution. Slitwidth The G7117A and G7117C have a fixed slit width of 4n m . Table 5 Method Parameter Settings 50 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Autobalance Defines, whether a balance is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Autobalance Defines, whether a balance is performed prior to a run and/or after a run has finished. Lamp on required for acquisition: If unchecked, the lamp will be turned off after the analysis has finished. Note that the lamp on requires at least one hour warm-up time, see “Warm up of the Detector” on page 98. Timetable You may set up time events to change functions with their parameters over the run time. Add lines as required. Time


key: chroma:document
string_value:
events to change functions with their parameters over the run time. Add lines as required. Time Limits: 0.00 to 99999.00 min in steps of 0.01 min. Via the buttons in the bottom area, time table lines can be added, removed, cut copied, pasted or completely cleared. Based on the chosen function, a certain parameter can be selected. Table 5 Method Parameter Settings InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Instrument Curves The detector has


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Instrument Curves The detector has several signals (internal temperatures, voltages of lamps) that can be used for diagnosing problems. These can be baseline problems deriving from deuterium lamps wander / drift problems due to temperature changes. These signals can be used in addition to the normal baseline signal to determine whether correlation to temperature or voltage/current of the lamp. These signals are available via the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
correlation to temperature or voltage/current of the lamp. These signals are available via the Agilent ChemStation Online Plot/Data Signal and/or Agilent Lab Advisor Software. Table 5 Method Parameter Settings 52 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept Setting up an Analysis Before Using the System


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Module Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept Setting up an Analysis Before Using the System Requirements and Conditions Preparing the Detector Preparing the HPLC System Running the Sample and Verifying the Results Solvent Information This chapter provides information on how to set up the module for an analysis and explains the basic settings. 54 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling For details on


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling For details on correct installation, see separate installation documentation. WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ Do not use solvents with an auto-ignition temperature below 200 °C (392 °F). Do not use solvents with a boiling point below 56 °C (133 °F). ➔ Avoid high vapor concentrations. Always keep the temperature in the sample compartment at least 25 K below the boiling point of the solvent used. ➔ Do not operate the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sample compartment at least 25 K below the boiling point of the solvent used. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. ➔ Reduce the volume of substances to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Never exceed the maximum permissible volume of solvents (8 L) in the solvent cabinet. Do not use bottles that exceed the maximum permissible volume as specified in the usage guideline for solvent cabinet. ➔ Ground the waste container. ➔ Regularly check the filling level of the waste


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for solvent cabinet. ➔ Ground the waste container. ➔ Regularly check the filling level of the waste container. The residual free volume in the waste container must be large enough to collect the waste liquid. ➔ To achieve maximal safety, regularly check the tubing for correct installation. NOTE For details, see the usage guideline for the solvent cabinet. A printed copy of the guideline has been shipped with the solvent cabinet, electronic copies are available in the Agilent Information Center


key: chroma:document
string_value:
shipped with the solvent cabinet, electronic copies are available in the Agilent Information Center or via the Internet. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept 1 Agilent recommends using the 6 L waste can with 1 Stay Safe cap GL45 with 4 ports (5043-1221) for optimal and safe waste disposal. If you decide to use your own waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse in the liquid. 56 InfinityLab LC Series Diod


key: chroma:document
string_value:
waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse in the liquid. 56 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Setting up an Analysis This chapter can be used for  preparing the system,  to learn the set up of an HPLC analysis and  to use it as an instrument check to demonstrate that all modules of the system are correctly installed and connected. It is not a test of the instrument performance.  Learn about special settings


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and connected. It is not a test of the instrument performance.  Learn about special settings Before Using the System Solvent Information Observe recommendations on the use of solvents in chapter “Solvents” in the pump’s reference manual. Priming and Purging the System When the solvents have been exchanged or the pumping system has been turned off for a certain time (for example, overnight) oxygen will re-diffuse into the solvent channel between the solvent reservoir, vacuum degasser (when


key: chroma:document
string_value:
will re-diffuse into the solvent channel between the solvent reservoir, vacuum degasser (when available in the system) and the pump. Solvents containing volatile ingredients will slightly lose these. Therefore priming of the pumping system is required before starting an application. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis 1 Open the purge valve of your pump (by turning it counterclockwise) and set flow rate to 3 – 5 mL/min. 2 Flush all


key: chroma:document
string_value:
valve of your pump (by turning it counterclockwise) and set flow rate to 3 – 5 mL/min. 2 Flush all tubes with at least 30 mL of solvent. 3 Set flow to required value of your application and close the purge valve. Table 6 Choice of Priming Solvents for Different Purposes Activity Solvent Comments After an installation When switching between reverse phase and normal phase (both times) Isopropanol Isopropanol Best solvent to flush air out of the system Best solvent to flush air out of the system


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Isopropanol Best solvent to flush air out of the system Best solvent to flush air out of the system After an installation Etha nol or Methanol Alternativ e to Isopropanol (second choice) if no Isopropanol is available To clean the system when using buffers After a solvent change Bidistilled water Bidistilled water Best solvent to re-dissolve buffer crystals Best solvent to re-dissolve buffer crystals After the installation of normal phase seals (P/N 0905-1420) Hexane + 5% Isopropanol Good


key: chroma:document
string_value:
crystals After the installation of normal phase seals (P/N 0905-1420) Hexane + 5% Isopropanol Good wetting properties NOTE The pump should never be used for priming empty tubings (never let the pump run dry). Use a syringe to draw enough solvent for completely filling the tubings to the pump inlet before continuing to prime with the pump. NOTE Pump for approximately 10minutes before starting your application. 58 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module


key: chroma:document
string_value:
application. 58 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Requirements and Conditions What You Will Need The table below lists the items you need to have for the set up of the analysis. Some of these are optional (not required for the basic system). Conditions A single injection of the isocratic test standard is made under the conditions given in Table 8 on page 58: Table 7 What you will need Agilent 1200 Infinity Series system Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
given in Table 8 on page 58: Table 7 What you will need Agilent 1200 Infinity Series system Pump (plus degassing) Autosampler Detector, standard flow cell installed Degasser (optional) Column Compartment (optional) Agilent CDS System should be correctly set up for LAN communication with the Agilent ChemStation Column: Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6 x 150 mm, 5 µm (993967-902) or an equivalent column Standard: Agilent isocratic checkout sample (01080-68704) Table 8 Conditions Flow 1.5 mL/min


key: chroma:document
string_value:
column Standard: Agilent isocratic checkout sample (01080-68704) Table 8 Conditions Flow 1.5 mL/min Stoptime 8 min Solvent 100% (30% wate r/70% Acetonitrile) Temperature Ambient Wavelength sample 254 nm Injection Volume 1 µL Column Temperature (optional): 25 °C or ambient InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Typical Chromatogram A typical chromatogram for this analysis is shown in Figure 18 on page 59. The exact profile of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
A typical chromatogram for this analysis is shown in Figure 18 on page 59. The exact profile of the chromatogram will depend on the chromatographic conditions. Variations in solvent quality, column packing, standard concentration and column temperature will all have a potential effect on peak retention and response. Figure 18 Typical Chromatogram with UV-detector 60 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Preparing the Detector For


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Preparing the Detector For best performance of the detector  Let the lamp warm-up and stabilize for at least one hour (initial turn on of the module requires a longer time depending on the environment and the application needs); refer to “Specification Conditions” on page 36.  For high sensitivity measurements, a stable environment is required; refer to “Environment” on page 28. Prevent drafts from air condition systems. 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is required; refer to “Environment” on page 28. Prevent drafts from air condition systems.  Setting an appropriate reference wavelength could improve the baseline behavior.  Do not work with removed/open front panels/doors. When the system includes a G1316 TCC (typically located below the detector) and its front panel is removed while the TCC is set to high temperatures, the up-streaming air could influence the stability of the detector baseline. Preparing the HPLC System 1 Turn on the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
air could influence the stability of the detector baseline. Preparing the HPLC System 1 Turn on the control software and the monitor. 2 Turn on the modules. 3 Start the control software. The screen should show all modules and the system status is Not Ready. 4 Turn on the modules that require conditioning: a Detector lamp (warm-up for at least 60 min to get a stable baseline). b Column compartment (set temperature as required). c Pump (purge). d Sampler (prepare the standard isocratic sample


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(set temperature as required). c Pump (purge). d Sampler (prepare the standard isocratic sample into a vial). e Solvents (fill water and Acetontrile into the solvent bottles). 5 Load the default method. 6 Pump the water/acetonitrile (30/70 %) mobile phase through the column for 10 min for equilibration. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis 7 Select the menu item Run Control > Sample Info and enter information about this application.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
7 Select the menu item Run Control > Sample Info and enter information about this application. Click OK to leave this screen. Figure 19 Sample Info 62 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Running the Sample and Verifying the Results 1 To start a run select the menu item RunControl > Run Method. 2 This will start the modules and the online plot on the Agilent ChemStation will show the resulting chromatogram. Figure 20 Chromatogram


key: chroma:document
string_value:
online plot on the Agilent ChemStation will show the resulting chromatogram. Figure 20 Chromatogram with Isocratic Test Sample NOTE Information about using the Data Analysis functions can be obtained from the Using your ChemStation manual supplied with your system. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information Solvent Information Observe the following recommendations on the use of solvents.  Follow recommendations for avoiding the growth of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
recommendations on the use of solvents.  Follow recommendations for avoiding the growth of algae, see pump manuals.  Small particles can permanently block capillaries and valves. Therefore, always filter solvents through 0.22 μm filters.  Avoid or minimize the use of solvents that may corrode parts in the flow path. Consider specifications for the pH range given for different materials like flow cells, valve materials etc. and recommendations in subsequent sections. Material Information


key: chroma:document
string_value:
flow cells, valve materials etc. and recommendations in subsequent sections. Material Information Materials in the flow path are carefully selected based on Agilent’s experiences in developing highest quality instruments for HPLC analysis over several decades. These materials exhibit excellent robustness under typical HPLC conditions. For any special conditions, please consult the material information section or contact Agilent. Disclaimer Subsequent data were collected from external resources


key: chroma:document
string_value:
section or contact Agilent. Disclaimer Subsequent data were collected from external resources and are meant as a reference. Agilent cannot guarantee the correctness and completeness of such information. Data is based on compatibility libraries, which are not specific for estimating the long-term life time under specific but highly variable conditions of UHPLC systems, solvents, solvent mixtures and samples. Information can also not be generalized due to catalytic effects of impurities like


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and samples. Information can also not be generalized due to catalytic effects of impurities like metal ions, complexing agents, oxygen etc. Apart from pure chemical corrosion, other effects like electro corrosion, electrostatic charging (especially for non-conductive organic solvents), swelling of polymer parts etc. need to be considered. Most data available refers to room temperature (typically 20 – 25 °C, 68 – 77 °F). If corrosion is possible, it usually accelerates at higher temperatures. If


key: chroma:document
string_value:
– 25 °C, 68 – 77 °F). If corrosion is possible, it usually accelerates at higher temperatures. If in doubt, please consult technical literature on chemical compatibility of materials. 64 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Solvent Information PEEK PEEK (Polyether-Ether Ketones) combines excellent properties regarding biocompatibility, chemical resistance, mechanical and thermal stability. PEEK is therefore the material of choice for UHPLC and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
mechanical and thermal stability. PEEK is therefore the material of choice for UHPLC and biochemical instrumentation. It is stable in the specified pH range (for the Bio-inert LC system: pH 1 – 13, see bio-inert module manuals for details), and inert to many common solvents. There is still a number of known incompatibilities with chemicals such as chloroform, methylene chloride, THF, DMSO, strong acids (nitric acid > 10 %, sulphuric acid > 10 %, sulfonic acids, trichloroacetic acid), halogenes


key: chroma:document
string_value:
acids (nitric acid > 10 %, sulphuric acid > 10 %, sulfonic acids, trichloroacetic acid), halogenes or aequous halogene solutions, phenol and derivatives (cresols, salicylic acid etc.). When used above room temperature, PEEK is sensitive to bases and various organic solvents, which can cause it to swell. Under such conditions normal PEEK capillaries are very sensitive to high pressure. Therefore Agilent uses stainless-steel cladded PEEK capillaries in bio-inert systems. The use of stainless


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Agilent uses stainless-steel cladded PEEK capillaries in bio-inert systems. The use of stainless steel cladded PEEK capillaries keeps the flow path free of steel and ensures pressure stability to at least 600 bar. If in doubt, consult the available literature about the chemical compatibility of PEEK. Polyimide Agilent uses semi-crystalline polyimide for rotor seals in valves and needle seats in autosamplers. One supplier of polyimide is DuPont, which brands polyimide as Vespel, which is also


key: chroma:document
string_value:
autosamplers. One supplier of polyimide is DuPont, which brands polyimide as Vespel, which is also used by Agilent. Polyimide is stable in a pH range between 1 and 10 and in most organic solvents. It is incompatible with concentrated mineral acids (e.g. sulphuric acid), glacial acetic acid, DMSO and THF. It is also degraded by nucleophilic substances like ammonia (e.g. ammonium salts in basic conditions) or acetates. Polyethylene (PE) Agilent uses UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight)-PE/PTFE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
conditions) or acetates. Polyethylene (PE) Agilent uses UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight)-PE/PTFE blends for yellow piston and wash seals, which are used in 1290 Infinity pumps and for normal phase applications in 1260 Infinity pumps. Polyethylene has a good stability for most common inorganic solvents including acids and bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It is compatible to many InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information organic solvents


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information organic solvents used in chromatographic systems like methanol, acetonitrile and isopropanol. It has limited stability with aliphatic, aromatic and halogenated hydrocarbons, THF, phenol and derivatives, concentrated acids and bases. For normal phase applications, the maximum pressure should be limited to 200 bar. Tantalum (Ta) Tantalum is inert to most common HPLC solvents and almost all acids except fluoric acid


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(Ta) Tantalum is inert to most common HPLC solvents and almost all acids except fluoric acid and acids with free sulfur trioxide. It can be corroded by strong bases (e.g. hydroxide solutions > 10 %, diethylamine). It is not recommended for the use with fluoric acid and fluorides. Stainless Steel (ST) Stainless steel is inert against many common solvents. It is stable in the presence of acids and bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It can be corroded by acids below pH 2.3. It can also corrode in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It can be corroded by acids below pH 2.3. It can also corrode in following solvents:  Solutions of alkali halides, their respective acids (for example, lithium iodide, potassium chloride, and so on) and aqueous solutions of halogens.  High concentrations of inorganic acids like nitric acid, sulfuric acid and organic solvents especially at higher temperatures (replace, if your chromatography method allows, by phosphoric acid or phosphate buffer which are less


key: chroma:document
string_value:
if your chromatography method allows, by phosphoric acid or phosphate buffer which are less corrosive against stainless steel).  Halogenated solvents or mixtures which form radicals and/or acids, for example: 2 CHCl 3 + O2→ 2 COCl2 + 2 HCl This reaction, in which stainless steel probably acts as a catalyst, occurs quickly with dried chloroform if the drying process removes the stabilizing alcohol.  Chromatographic grade ethers, which can contain peroxides (for example, THF, dioxane,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
alcohol.  Chromatographic grade ethers, which can contain peroxides (for example, THF, dioxane, di-isopropylether). Such ethers should be filtered through dry aluminium oxide which adsorbs the peroxides.  Solutions of organic acids (acetic acid, formic acid, and so on) in organic solvents. For example, a 1 % solution of acetic acid in methanol will attack steel.  Solutions containing strong complexing agents (for example, EDTA, ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid).  Mixtures of carbon


key: chroma:document
string_value:
complexing agents (for example, EDTA, ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid).  Mixtures of carbon tetrachloride with 2-propanol or THF. 66 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Solvent Information Titanium (Ti) Titanium is highly resistant to oxidizing acids (for example, nitric, perchloric and hypochlorous acid) over a wide range of concentrations and temperatures. This is due to a thin oxide layer on the surface, which is stabilized by oxidizing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
temperatures. This is due to a thin oxide layer on the surface, which is stabilized by oxidizing compounds. Non-oxidizing acids (for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric and phosphoric acid) can cause slight corrosion, which increases with acid concentration and temperature. For example, the corrosion rate with 3 % HCl (about pH 0.1) at room temperature is about 13 μm/year. At room temperature, titanium is resistant to concentrations of about 5 % sulfuric acid (about pH 0.3). Addition of nitric acid


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is resistant to concentrations of about 5 % sulfuric acid (about pH 0.3). Addition of nitric acid to hydrochloric or sulfuric acids significantly reduces corrosion rates. Titanium is sensitive to acidic metal chlorides like FeCl 3 or CuCl2. Titanium is subject to corrosion in anhydrous methanol, which can be avoided by adding a small amount of water (about 3 %). Slight corrosion is possible with ammonia > 10 %. Diamond-Like Carbon (DLC) Diamond-Like Carbon is inert to almost all common acids,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ammonia > 10 %. Diamond-Like Carbon (DLC) Diamond-Like Carbon is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Fused silica and Quartz (SiO2) Fused silica is used in 1290 Infinity Flow Cells and capillaries. Quartz is used for classical flow cell windows. It is inert against all common solvents and acids except hydrofluoric acid and acidic solvents containing fluorides. It is corroded by strong bases and should not be used


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and acidic solvents containing fluorides. It is corroded by strong bases and should not be used above pH 12 at room temperature. The corrosion of flow cell windows can negatively affect measurement results. For a pH greater than 12, the use of flow cells with sapphire windows is recommended. Gold Gold is inert to all common HPLC solvents, acids and bases within the specified pH range. It can be corroded by complexing cyanides and concentrated acids like aqua regia. Zirconium Oxide (ZrO2)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be corroded by complexing cyanides and concentrated acids like aqua regia. Zirconium Oxide (ZrO2) Zirconium Oxide is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information Platinum/Iridium Platinum/Iridium is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Fluorinated polymers (PTFE, PFA, FEP, FFKM) Fluorinated polymers like PTFE (polytetrafluorethylene), PFA (perfluoroalkoxy) and FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) are inert to almost all common acids, bases, and solvents. FFKM is perfluorinated rubber, which is also resistant to most chemicals. As an elastomer, it may swell in some organic solvents like halogenated hydrocarbons. TFE/PDD copolymer


key: chroma:document
string_value:
elastomer, it may swell in some organic solvents like halogenated hydrocarbons. TFE/PDD copolymer tubings, which are used in all Agilent degassers except G1322A, are not compatible with fluorinated solvents like Freon, Fluorinert, or Vertrel. They have limited life time in the presence of Hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP). To ensure the longest possible life with HFIP, it is best to dedicate a particular chamber to this solvent, not to switch solvents, and not to let dry out the chamber. For


key: chroma:document
string_value:
particular chamber to this solvent, not to switch solvents, and not to let dry out the chamber. For optimizing the life of the pressure sensor, do not leave HFIP in the chamber when the unit is off. Sapphire, Ruby and Al2O3-based ceramics Sapphire, ruby and ceramics based on aluminum oxide Al2O3 are inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. 68 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for HPLC applications. 68 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Solvent Information InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Optimizing the Detector Introduction Optimization Overview Choosing a Flow Cell Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001) Application Information Special Information of 60 mm Cartridge Flow Cell Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Flow Cell Path Length Peak


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cell Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Flow Cell Path Length Peak width (response time) Sample and Reference Wavelength and Bandwidth Slit Width (G7117B) Optimizing Spectral Acquisition Margin for Negative Absorbance Optimizing Selectivity Quantifying Coeluting Peaks by Peak Suppression Ratio Qualifiers for Selective Detection of Compound Classes Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Delay Volume and Extra-Column Volume How to Configure the Optimum


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Detector Regarding to the System Delay Volume and Extra-Column Volume How to Configure the Optimum Delay Volume How to Achieve Higher Sensitivity Warm up of the Detector This chapter provides information on how to optimize the detector. 70 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Introduction Introduction The detector has a variety of parameters that can be used to optimize performance. Depending on whether signal or spectral data need to be optimized,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be used to optimize performance. Depending on whether signal or spectral data need to be optimized, different settings are recommended. The following sections describe optimization for:  signal sensitivity, selectivity and linearity,  spectral sensitivity and resolution (DAD only), and  disk space required for storing data. How to Get the Best Detector Performance The information below will guide you on how to get the best detector performance. Follow these rules as a start for new


key: chroma:document
string_value:
will guide you on how to get the best detector performance. Follow these rules as a start for new applications. It gives rules-of-thumb for optimizing detector parameters. NOTE The information in this chapter should be seen as a basic introduction to diode array detector techniques. Some of these techniques may not be available in the instrument software controlling the detector. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Optimization


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Optimization Overview Table 9 Optimization Overview Parameter Impact 1 Selection of flow cell  peak resolution versus sensitivity  Choose flow cell according to used column (“Choosing a Flow Cell” on page 72). 2 Connection of flow cell  chromatographic resolution 3 Setting the peak width (response time)  peak resolution versus sensitivity versus disk space  Use peak width according “Choosing a Flow Cell”


key: chroma:document
string_value:
resolution versus sensitivity versus disk space  Use peak width according “Choosing a Flow Cell” on page 72 as starting point.  Set the peak-width close to the width of a narrow peak of interest in your chromatogram. 4 Setting wavelength and bandwidth  Sample wavelength:  Never miss a peak by the use of a browser wavelength like 250 nm with 100 nm bandwidth.  Select specific wavelength with reduced optical bandwidth if you need s e l e c t i v i t y , e . g . 2 5 4 . 0n m / 4n m a n d 3 6


key: chroma:document
string_value:
reduced optical bandwidth if you need s e l e c t i v i t y , e . g . 2 5 4 . 0n m / 4n m a n d 3 6 0 . 0n m / 1 0 0n m a s r e f e r e n c e wavelength.  Set the sample wavelength to a peak or valley to get best linearity in general; select a valley to get best linearity for high concentrations.  sensitivity versus selectivity  sensitivity versus linearity  Reference wavelength:  Select the reference wavelength with broad bandwidth (30...100 nm) wavelength range where your analytes have


key: chroma:document
string_value:
reference wavelength with broad bandwidth (30...100 nm) wavelength range where your analytes have little or no absorbance (e.g. sample at 254 nm, reference at 320 nm).  Select the reference wavelength as near as possible to the UV range.  baseline drift due to RI effects. 72 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Choosing a Flow Cell Several flavors of the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell are available, see Table on page 72. 5


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cell Several flavors of the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell are available, see Table on page 72. 5 Setting the slit width (G7117B only)  Use 4 nm slit for normal applications.  Use narrow slit (e.g 1 nm) if your analytes have narrow absorbance bands and for high concentrations.  Use a wide slit (e.g. 8 nm) to detect very low concentrations.  Optimizing spectral acquisition (DAD only)  Set the spectral wavelength range (for colorless samples 190...400 nm is sufficient).  Set step to 4 nm for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
wavelength range (for colorless samples 190...400 nm is sufficient).  Set step to 4 nm for normal use; set small step (and slit width) if high resolution of spectra with fine structure is wanted.  spectral resolution, sensitivity and linearity. Table 9 Optimization Overview Parameter Impact Table 10 Specifications for Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cells Cartridge Cells  Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 µL) (G4212-60008)  Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) (G4212-60007) 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 µL) (G4212-60008)  Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) (G4212-60007)  HDR Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) (G4212-60032)  ULD Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) (G4212-60038)  Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell (G4212-60011) Maximum pressure 70 bar (1015 psi) Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP)1 150 bar (2175 psi) Maximum Incidential Pressure (MIP)2 1 Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP): The maximum pressure at which the system can operate


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(MIP)2 1 Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP): The maximum pressure at which the system can operate continuously under normal conditions. 2 Maximum Incidential Pressure (MIP): The maximum pressure which the system can experience during a short time. pH range 1.0-12.5 (solvent dependent) InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview High Sensitivity If higher sensitivity is necessary, the Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V( σ) 4.0 μL)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Sensitivity If higher sensitivity is necessary, the Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V( σ) 4.0 μL) (G4212-60007) can be used. This cell enhances the detector by lowering the limit of detection (LOD) by a factor of about 3 (depending on the application). Normal Applications The Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 μL) (G4212-60008) covers a wide range of applications:  all column diameter down to at least 2.1 mm ID or even less  applications with peak dispersion (Peakwidth x flow) down


key: chroma:document
string_value:
down to at least 2.1 mm ID or even less  applications with peak dispersion (Peakwidth x flow) down to ~2μ L [example: pw = 0.04 min at flow = 0.1 mL/min gives peak dispersion of 0.04 min x 0.1 mL/min = 0.004 mL = 4 μL] Ultra-Low Dispersion The Max-Light Cartridge ULD cell can be used with the G7117A DAD FS and G7117B DAD. The cell is a requirement for the Ultra-Low Dispersion Kit solution which currently exists as 1290 Infinity Ultra-Low Dispersion Kit (5067-5189). The cell should be part of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
currently exists as 1290 Infinity Ultra-Low Dispersion Kit (5067-5189). The cell should be part of the ultra-low dispersion solution. High Dynamic Range The Max-Light Cartridge HDR cell can be used with the G7117A DAD FS and G7117B DAD. The cell is required as a part of the High Dynamic Range (HDR) solution. Recommendations For G4212-60007 and G4212-60008 The use of Peek-FS capillaries is not recommended. In combination with the SST zero dead volume fitting (e.g. at the inlet) the capillary


key: chroma:document
string_value:
recommended. In combination with the SST zero dead volume fitting (e.g. at the inlet) the capillary could break and the glass particles could block/damage the flow cell. NOTE To protect the flow cell against overpressure (e.g. in systems with LC/MS) install Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001), see “Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001)” on page 74. 74 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Inline Pressure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001) When several detectors are installed in a system the connecting capillary and fittings between the detectors must be carefully chosen to keep chromatographic influence on peak shape small. On the other hand narrow bore connection capillaries generate a significant pressure drop dependent on flow rate and solvent properties. The pressure relief valve is designed to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
drop dependent on flow rate and solvent properties. The pressure relief valve is designed to protect the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell. Agilent Technologies strongly recommend installing the pressure relief valve at the outlet of the detector as soon as a second detector is installed like in LC/MS applications. The pressure relief valve is a low internal volume check valve. The dead volume is smaller than 100 nL delay volume (inlet to outlet). The ball of the check valve is spring loaded and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
than 100 nL delay volume (inlet to outlet). The ball of the check valve is spring loaded and adjusted to open at typically 80 bar. On overpressure (typically above 80 bar) it releases the pressure to waste. Application Information For the analysis and characterization of proteins and large biomolecules, and applications with mobile phases of a pH above 12.5 it is recommended to use an Agilent Diode Array Detector G1315C/D and G7115A (or Multiple Wavelength Detector G1365C/D and G7165A) and the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Array Detector G1315C/D and G7115A (or Multiple Wavelength Detector G1365C/D and G7165A) and the respective bio-inert flow cell. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Special Information of 60 mm Cartridge Flow Cell Application Information The geometrical volume of the 60 mm cell is 6 times larger than the 10 mm cell. However, the chromatographic relevant dispersion volume, the square roots of variances, accounting for cell


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the chromatographic relevant dispersion volume, the square roots of variances, accounting for cell specific geometrical volume shape and fluidic flow pattern, have been determined as σV = 4 μL and σV = 1 μL in for the 10 mm cell. Due to the larger dispersion volume, the 60 mm cell is primarily designed for 4.6 mm column applications to achieve highest sensitivity with no additional peak broadening. However, if sensitivity is important the 60 mm cell will also be advantageous in case of smaller


key: chroma:document
string_value:
However, if sensitivity is important the 60 mm cell will also be advantageous in case of smaller columns (3 mm, 2.1 mm) but depending on the chromatographic system and method additional peak broadening might occur. The upper limit of concentration Care should be taken in methods where high background absorption of solvents or modifiers are present. When using the 60 mm cell the detector will measure 6 times the background absorption as in case of the 10 mm cell, which will reduce the remaining


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6 times the background absorption as in case of the 10 mm cell, which will reduce the remaining dynamic absorbance range for sample peaks. Furthermore those UV absorbing modifiers could compromise the sensitivity gain (signal/noise) of 60 mm cell. The linearity limit of the detector is seen at about 2 AU for both, the 10 mm and the 60 mm Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell. Using firmware revision B.06.25 and below, the 60 mm Max-Light Cartridge Cell linearity limit would be 333 mAU/cm. 76


key: chroma:document
string_value:
B.06.25 and below, the 60 mm Max-Light Cartridge Cell linearity limit would be 333 mAU/cm. 76 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Flow Cell Path Length Lambert-Beer’s law shows a linear relationship between the flow cell path length and absorbance. where T is the transmission, defined as the quotient of the intensity


key: chroma:document
string_value:
path length and absorbance. where T is the transmission, defined as the quotient of the intensity of the transmitted light I divided by the intensity of the incident light, I 0, ε is the extinction coefficient, which is a characteristic of a given substance under a precisely-defined set of conditions of wavelength, solvent, temperature and other parameters, C [mol/L] is the concentration of the absorbing species, and d [m] is the path length of the cell used for the measurement. The detector


key: chroma:document
string_value:
absorbing species, and d [m] is the path length of the cell used for the measurement. The detector can now output the signal in two forms: 1 In Absorbance divide by the path length AU/cm, that is then similar to [ε x C]. Advantage: samples with same concentration have same peak height also at cells with different path lengths. The upper limit of concentration: the linearity limit of the detector is then seen at about 2 AU/path length, so for the 6 cm Max-Light Cartridge Cell the linearity limit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
then seen at about 2 AU/path length, so for the 6 cm Max-Light Cartridge Cell the linearity limit is 333 mAU/cm]. 2 In AU that is equal to ε x C x d like normal done in the past: now for recalculation to your concentration C the path length must be considered. Therefore, flow cells with longer path lengths yield higher signals. Although noise usually increases little with increasing path length, there is a gain in signal-to-noise ratio. When increasing the path length, the cell volume could


key: chroma:document
string_value:
there is a gain in signal-to-noise ratio. When increasing the path length, the cell volume could increase. Depending on the peak volume, this could cause more peak dispersion. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion As a rule-of-thumb the flow cell volume should be about 1/3 of the peak volume at half height. To determine the volume of your peaks, take the peak width as reported in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
at half height. To determine the volume of your peaks, take the peak width as reported in the integration results multiply it by the flow rate and divide it by 3). Traditionally LC analysis with UV detectors is based on comparing measurements with internal or external standards. To check photometric accuracy of the Agilent detector it is necessary to have more precise information on path lengths of the detector flow cells. Peak width (response time) Response time describes how fast the detector


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the detector flow cells. Peak width (response time) Response time describes how fast the detector signal follows a sudden change of absorbance in the flow cell. The detector uses digital filters to adapt response time to the width of the peaks in your chromatogram. These filters do not affect peak area nor peak symmetry. When set correctly, such filters reduce baseline noise significantly (Figure 21 on page 78), but reduce peak height only slightly. In addition, these filters reduce the data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
21 on page 78), but reduce peak height only slightly. In addition, these filters reduce the data rate to allow optimum integration and display of your peaks and to minimize disk space required to store chromatograms and spectra. NOTE This may result in problems when the used peak width is set to large and all peaks are filtered accordingly. Part Number Path Length Cell Volume (σ) G4212-60008/G5615-60018 1.0 cm 1.0 µL G4212-60007/G5615-60017 6.0 cm 4.0 µL 78 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.0 cm 1.0 µL G4212-60007/G5615-60017 6.0 cm 4.0 µL 78 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Figure 21 Influence of Response Time on Signal and Noise Table 11 on page 79 and Table 12 on page 80 list the filter choices of the detector. To get optimum results, set peak width as close as possible to a narrow peak of interest in your chromatogram. Response time will then be approximately


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to a narrow peak of interest in your chromatogram. Response time will then be approximately 1/3 of the peak width, resulting in less than 5 % peak-height reduction and less than 5 % additional peak dispersion. Decreasing the peak width setting in the detector will result in less than 5 % gain in peak height but baseline noise will increase by a factor of 1.4 for a factor of 2 response-time reduction. Increasing the peak width (response time) by a factor of two from the recommended setting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Increasing the peak width (response time) by a factor of two from the recommended setting (over-filtering) will reduce peak height by about 20 % and reduce baseline noise by a factor of 1.4. This gives you the best possible signal-to-noise ratio, but may affect peak resolution. 5HVSRQVHWLPH V 5HVSRQVHWLPH V 6OLWZLGWK QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Table 11


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Table 11 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117B) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Signal data rate [Hz] Scan data rate [HZ] ≤126 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] >501 pts/scan < 0.00078125 0.0078125 240 240 80 40 > 0.00078125 0.015625 240 240 80 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 160 160


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0.00078125 0.0078125 240 240 80 40 > 0.00078125 0.015625 240 240 80 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 160 160 80 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 1 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 80 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Table 12 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117A/G7117C) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Scan data rate[Hz] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] > pts/scan < 0.0015625 0.015625 120 120 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 120 120 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 > 0.0125


key: chroma:document
string_value:
120 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 120 120 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 NOTE The maximum spectra scan rate depends on the data points per scan, see Table 11 on page 79 and Table 12 on page 80. Running at 160 Hz, the spectra scan data rate is reduced automatically if the spectra scan data rate is more


key: chroma:document
string_value:
160 Hz, the spectra scan data rate is reduced automatically if the spectra scan data rate is more than 251 points/scan. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Sample and Reference Wavelength and Bandwidth The detector measures absorbance simultaneously at wavelengths from 190 to 640 nm. A UV-lamp provides good sensitivity over the whole wavelength range. If you know little about the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
A UV-lamp provides good sensitivity over the whole wavelength range. If you know little about the analytes in your sample, store all spectra over the full wavelength range. This provides full information but fills up your disk space rather quickly. Spectra can be used to check a peak’s purity and identity. Spectral information is also useful to optimize wavelength settings for your chromatographic signal. The detector can compute and store at run time up to 8 signals with these properties: 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
signal. The detector can compute and store at run time up to 8 signals with these properties:  sample wavelength, the center of a wavelength band with the width of sample bandwidth (BW), and optionally  reference wavelength, the center of a wavelength band with the width of reference bandwidth. The signals comprises a series of data points over time, with the average absorbance in the sample wavelength band minus the average absorbance of the reference wavelength band. Signal A in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
wavelength band minus the average absorbance of the reference wavelength band. Signal A in the detector default method is set to sample 254.0/4, reference 360.0/100, that is, the average absorbance from 252 – 256 nm minus the average absorbance from 310 – 410 nm. As all analytes show higher absorbance at 252 – 256 nm than at 310 – 410 nm, this signal will show you virtually every compound which can be detected by UV absorbance. Many compounds show absorbance bands in the spectrum. Figure 22 on


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be detected by UV absorbance. Many compounds show absorbance bands in the spectrum. Figure 22 on page 82 shows the spectrum of anisic acid as an example. To optimize for lowest possible detectable concentrations of anisic acid, set the sample wavelength to the peak of the absorbance band (that is, 252 nm) and the sample bandwidth to the width of the absorbance band (that is, 30 nm). A reference of 360,100 is adequate. Anisic acid does not absorb in this range. If you work with high


key: chroma:document
string_value:
reference of 360,100 is adequate. Anisic acid does not absorb in this range. If you work with high concentrations, you may get better linearity above 1.5 AU by setting the sample wavelength to a valley in the spectrum, like 225 nm for anisic acid. 82 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Figure 22 Optimization of Wavelength Setting A wide bandwidth has the advantage of reducing noise


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Figure 22 Optimization of Wavelength Setting A wide bandwidth has the advantage of reducing noise by averaging over a wavelength range — compared to a 4 nm bandwidth, the baseline noise is reduced by a factor of approximately 2.5, whereas the signal is about 75 % of a 4 nm wide band. The signal-to-noise ratio for a 30 nm bandwidth is twice that for a 4 nm bandwidth in our example. Figure 23 Influence of Bandwidth on Signal and Noise 5HIHUHQFHEDQGZLGWKQP 5HIHUHQFHZDYHOHQJWK


key: chroma:document
string_value:
23 Influence of Bandwidth on Signal and Noise 5HIHUHQFHEDQGZLGWKQP 5HIHUHQFHZDYHOHQJWK $QLVLFDFLG :DYHOHQJWK QP $EVRUEDQFH P$8 VDPSOHZDYHOHQJWKQP QP EDQGZLGWK %DQGZLGWK QP QP QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Because the detector averages absorbance values that are calculated for each wavelength, using a wide bandwidth does not negatively impact


key: chroma:document
string_value:
values that are calculated for each wavelength, using a wide bandwidth does not negatively impact linearity. The use of a reference wavelength is highly recommended to further reduce baseline drift and wander induced by room temperature fluctuations or refractive index changes during a gradient. An example of the reduction of baseline drifts is shown in Figure 24 on page 83 for PTH-amino acids. Without a reference wavelength, the chromatogram drifts downwards due to refractive index changes


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Without a reference wavelength, the chromatogram drifts downwards due to refractive index changes induced by the gradient. This is almost completely eliminated by using a reference wavelength. With this technique, PTH-amino acids can be quantified in the low picomole range even in a gradient analysis. Figure 24 Gradient Analysis of PTH-Amino Acids (1 pmol each), with and without Reference 7LPH PLQ *UDG P.+32$&1IURP$&1WR$&1LQPLQ SPROHDFK 5HIHUHQFHQP :DYHOHQJWK


key: chroma:document
string_value:
*UDG P.+32$&1IURP$&1WR$&1LQPLQ SPROHDFK 5HIHUHQFHQP :DYHOHQJWK QP :DYHOHQJWK QP 1RUHIHUHQFH 37+$61 37+$5* 37+$/$ 37+3+( 37+352  84 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Slit Width (G7117B) The 1290 Infinity DAD (G7117B) has a variable slit at the entrance of the spectrograph. This is an effective tool to adapt the detector to changing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
at the entrance of the spectrograph. This is an effective tool to adapt the detector to changing demand of different analytical problems. A narrow slit provides spectral resolution for analytes with very fine structures in the absorbance spectrum. An example of such a spectrum is benzene. The five main absorbance bands (fingers) are only 2.5 nm wide and just 6 nm apart from each other. Figure 25 Benzene at 1 and 4 nm slit width (principle) A wide slit uses more of the light shining through the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Benzene at 1 and 4 nm slit width (principle) A wide slit uses more of the light shining through the flow cell. This gives lower baseline noise as shown in Figure 26 on page 85. QP QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Figure 26 Influence of the Slit Width on Baseline Noise However, with a wider slit, the spectrograph’s optical resolution (its ability to distinguish between


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with a wider slit, the spectrograph’s optical resolution (its ability to distinguish between different wavelengths) diminishes. Any photodiode receives light within a range of wavelength determined by the slit width. This explains why the fine spectral structure of benzene disappears when using a 8n m w i d e s l i t . Furthermore, the absorbance is no long er strictly linear with concentration for wavelengths at a steep slope of a compound’s spectrum. Substances with fine structures and steep


key: chroma:document
string_value:
wavelengths at a steep slope of a compound’s spectrum. Substances with fine structures and steep slopes like benzene are very rare. In most cases the width of absorbance bands in the spectrum is more like 30 nm as with anisic acid ( Figure 22 on page 82). In most situations, a slit width of 4 nm will give the best results. Use a narrow slit (1 or 2 nm) if you want to identify compounds with fine spectral structures or if you need to quantify at high concentrations (> 1000 mAU) with a wavelength


key: chroma:document
string_value:
structures or if you need to quantify at high concentrations (> 1000 mAU) with a wavelength at the slope of the spectrum. Signals with a wide bandwidth can be used to reduce baseline noise. Because (digital) bandwidth is computed as average of absorbance, there is no impact on linearity. Use a wide (8 nm) slit when your sample contains very small concentrations. Always use signals with bandwidth at least as wide as the slit width. 'DWD5DWH +] 6OLWZLGWK QP 6OLWZLGWK


key: chroma:document
string_value:
at least as wide as the slit width. 'DWD5DWH +] 6OLWZLGWK QP 6OLWZLGWK QP 86 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Optimizing Spectral Acquisition Storage of all spectra consumes a lot of disk space. It is very useful to have all spectra available during optimization of a method or when analyzing unique samples. However when running many samples of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
optimization of a method or when analyzing unique samples. However when running many samples of the same type, the large size of data files with all spectra may become a burden. The detector provides functions to reduce the amount of data, yet retaining the relevant spectral information. Range Only the wavelength range where the compounds in your sample absorb contains information that is useful for purity checks and library searches. Reducing the spectrum storage range saves disk space. Step


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for purity checks and library searches. Reducing the spectrum storage range saves disk space. Step Most substances have broad absorbance bands. Display of spectra, peak purity and library search works best if a spectrum contains 5 to 10 data points per width of the absorbance bands. For anisic acid (the example used before) a step of 4 nm would be sufficient. However a step of 2 nm gives a more optimal display of the spectrum. Threshold Sets the peak detector. Only spectra from peaks higher


key: chroma:document
string_value:
optimal display of the spectrum. Threshold Sets the peak detector. Only spectra from peaks higher than threshold will be stored when a peak-controlled storage mode is selected. Margin for Negative Absorbance The detector adjusts its gain during balance such that the baseline may drift slightly negative (about -100 mAU). In some special case, for example, when gradient with absorbing solvents are used, the baseline may drift to more negative values. Only for such cases, increase the margin for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
used, the baseline may drift to more negative values. Only for such cases, increase the margin for negative absorbance to avoid overflow of the analog-to-digital converter. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Optimizing Selectivity Quantifying Coeluting Peaks by Peak Suppression In chromatography, two compounds may often elute together. A conventional dual-signal detector can only detect and quantify both compounds independently


key: chroma:document
string_value:
A conventional dual-signal detector can only detect and quantify both compounds independently from each other if their spectra do not overlap. However, in most cases this is highly unlikely. With a dual-channel detector based on diode-array technology, quantifying two compounds is possible even when both compounds absorb over the whole wavelength range. The procedure is called peak suppression or signal subtraction. As an example, the analysis of hydrochlorothiazide in the presence of caffeine


key: chroma:document
string_value:
signal subtraction. As an example, the analysis of hydrochlorothiazide in the presence of caffeine is described. If hydrochlorothiazide is analyzed in biological samples, there is always a risk that caffeine is present which might interfere chromatographically with hydrochlorothiazide. As the spectra in Figure 27 on page 87 shows, hydrochlorothiazide is best detected at 222 nm, where caffeine also shows significant absorbance. It would therefore be impossible, with a conventional variable


key: chroma:document
string_value:
also shows significant absorbance. It would therefore be impossible, with a conventional variable wavelength detector, to detect hydrochlorothiazide quantitatively when caffeine is present. Figure 27 Wavelength Selection for Peak Suppression :/ :/ :/:/ :DYHOHQJWK QP K\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH :/ QPFDIIHLQH :/ QPUHIHUHQFHWRVXSSUHVVFDIIHLQH :/ QPUHIHUHQFHWRVXSSUHVV :/ QPK\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH 88 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
88 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity With a UV-visible detector based on a diode array and the correct choice of a reference wavelength setting, quantitative detection is possible. To suppress caffeine, the reference wavelength must be set to 282 nm. At this wavelength, caffeine shows exactly the same absorbance as at 222 nm. When the absorbance values are subtracted from each another, any indication of the presence of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
nm. When the absorbance values are subtracted from each another, any indication of the presence of caffeine is eliminated. In the same way, hydrochlorothiazide can be suppressed if caffeine is to be quantified. In this case the wavelength is set to 204 nm and the reference wavelength to 260 nm. Figure 28 on page shows the chromatographic results of the peak suppression technique. The trade-off for this procedure is a loss in sensitivity. The sample signal decreases by the absorbance at the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for this procedure is a loss in sensitivity. The sample signal decreases by the absorbance at the reference wavelength relative to the signal wavelength. Sensitivity may be decreased by as much as 10–30 %. Figure 28 Peak Suppression Using Reference Wavelength 7LPH PLQ 7LPH PLQ :DYHOHQJWKQP 1RUHIHUHQFH +\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH DQGFDIIHLQH :DYHOHQJWKQP 1RUHIHUHQFH +\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH DQGFDIIHLQH +\GURFKORURWKLD]LGHVXSSUHVVHG :DYHOHQJWKQP 5HIHUHQFHQP &DIIHLQHVXSSUHVVHG


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DQGFDIIHLQH +\GURFKORURWKLD]LGHVXSSUHVVHG :DYHOHQJWKQP 5HIHUHQFHQP &DIIHLQHVXSSUHVVHG :DYHOHQJWKQP 5HIHUHQFHQP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Ratio Qualifiers for Selective Detection of Compound Classes Ratio qualifiers can be used where, in a complex sample, only one particular class needs to be analyzed — a parent drug and its metabolites in a biological sample, for example. Another example is the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
— a parent drug and its metabolites in a biological sample, for example. Another example is the selective analysis of derivatives after pre- or post-column derivatization. Specifying a signal ratio that is typical for the sample class is one way of selectively plotting only those peaks that are of interest. The signal output remains at zero so long as the ratio is out of the user-specified ratio range. When the ratio falls within the range, the signal output corresponds to the normal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ratio range. When the ratio falls within the range, the signal output corresponds to the normal absorbance, giving single, clear peaks on a flat baseline. An example is shown in Figure 29 on page 89 and Figure on page 90. Figure 29 Wavelength Selection for Ratio Qualifiers R7HUSKHQ\O %LSKHQ\O 6HOHFWFKDUDFWHULVWLF ZDYHOHQJWKV 6LJQDO :/:/ :DYHOHQJWK QP :/:/ 6FDOHG 90 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Figure 30


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Figure 30 Selectivity by Ratio Qualifiers In a four-component mixture, only biphenyl was recorded. The other three peaks were suppressed because they did not meet the ratio-qualifier criterion and therefore the output was set to zero. The characteristic wavelengths 249 nm (λ 1) and 224 nm (λ2) were found from the spectra shown in Figure on page 89. The ratio range was set at 2 – 2.4 (2.2 ±10%). Only when the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
spectra shown in Figure on page 89. The ratio range was set at 2 – 2.4 (2.2 ±10%). Only when the ratio between 249 and 224 nm was within this range, is the signal plotted. Of all four peaks, only the third fulfilled the criterion ( Figure 30 on page 90). The others were not plotted. Signals at 250 nm No selectivity Biphenyl o-Terphenyl Time (min) With ratio qualifier 249/224 nm = 3.520% InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Delay Volume and Extra-Column Volume The delay volume is defined as the system volume between the point of mixing in the pump and the top of the column. The extra-column volume is defined as the volume between the injection point and the detection point, excluding the volume in the column. Extra-Column Volume Extra-column volume is a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
detection point, excluding the volume in the column. Extra-Column Volume Extra-column volume is a source of peak dispersion that will reduce the resolution of the separation and so should be minimized. Smaller diameter columns require proportionally smaller extra-column volumes to keep peak dispersion at a minimum. In a liquid chromatograph the extra-column volume will depend on the connection tubing between the autosampler, column and detector; and on the volume of the flow cell in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tubing between the autosampler, column and detector; and on the volume of the flow cell in the detector. The extra-column volume is minimized with the Agilent InfinityLab LC Series system due to the narrow-bore (0.12 mm i.d.) tubing, the low-volume heat exchangers in the column compartment and the flow cell in the detector. How to Configure the Optimum Delay Volume To maintain resolution in the Agilent 1290 Infinity II DAD/Agilent Infinity DAD FS the 10 mm Max-Light cartridge cell has a low


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Agilent 1290 Infinity II DAD/Agilent Infinity DAD FS the 10 mm Max-Light cartridge cell has a low dispersion volume (σ volume 1.0 μL) and no further volume optimization is required. In situations where the alternative 60 mm Max-Light high sensitivity cell is used to get higher sensitivity the cell volume is optimized for the use with 3 mm and 4.6 mm inner diameter columns. 92 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System How to Achieve Higher Sensitivity The detector has a number of parameters that are used to optimize performance. The following sections describe how the detector parameters affect performance characteristics:  Flow cell affects sensitivity,  Wavelength and bandwidth affect sensitivity, selectivity and linearity,  Slit width affects sensitivity, spectral resolution and linearity, 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
selectivity and linearity,  Slit width affects sensitivity, spectral resolution and linearity,  Peak width affects sensitivity and resolution. Flow Cell The Max-Light cartridge flow cell has a standard 10 mm path length and is optimized for minimal volume and dispersion (σ volume 1.0 μL). It has high light transmission minimizing noise to reduce noise due to the optofluidic waveguide. It is suitable for use with a wide range of analytical columns from short narrow-bore columns to long


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is suitable for use with a wide range of analytical columns from short narrow-bore columns to long standard diameter (4.6 mm) columns. Generally the peak dispersion volume (calculated from peak width x flow rate) should be greater than about 2 μL for this cell (for example 0.02 min x 200 μL/min = 4 μL). The Max-Light high sensitivity cell has a path length of 60 mm and this will give between three and five times increase in signal-to-noise values depending on the application conditions. The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and five times increase in signal-to-noise values depending on the application conditions. The dispersion volume is fractionally increased compared to the standard cell. Wavelength and Bandwidth The detector measures absorbance simultaneously at wavelengths from 190 nm to 640 nm using diode-array detection. A UV-lamp provides good sensitivity over the whole wavelength range. The diode-array detector (DAD) can simultaneously compute and send to the data system up to eight chromatographic signals


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(DAD) can simultaneously compute and send to the data system up to eight chromatographic signals and the full-range spectra at every time point. A UV chromatogram or signal is a plot of absorbance data versus time and is defined by its wavelength and bandwidth.  The wavelength indicates the center of the detection band.  The bandwidth defines the wavelength range over which the absorbance values are averaged to give the result at each time point. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are averaged to give the result at each time point. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System For example, a signal at wavelength 250nm with a bandwidth of 16 nm will be an average of the absorbance data from 242 nm to 258 nm. Additionally, a reference wavelength and reference bandwidth can be defined for each signal. The average absorbance from the reference bandwidth centered on the reference wavelength will


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The average absorbance from the reference bandwidth centered on the reference wavelength will be subtracted from its equivalent value at the signal wavelength to produce the output chromatogram. The signal wavelength and bandwidth can be chosen so that they are optimized for:  Broad band universal detection  Narrow band selective detection  Sensitivity for a specific analyte. Broad band or universal detection works by having a wide bandwidth to detect any species with absorbance in that


key: chroma:document
string_value:
universal detection works by having a wide bandwidth to detect any species with absorbance in that range. For example, to detect all absorbing molecules between 200 nm and 300 nm set a signal at 250 nm with a bandwidth of 100 nm. The disadvantage is that sensitivity will not be optimal for any one of those molecules. Narrow band or selective detection is used most often. The UV spectrum for a particular molecule is examined and an appropriate absorbance maximum is selected. If possible, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
particular molecule is examined and an appropriate absorbance maximum is selected. If possible, the range where solvents absorb strongly should be avoided (below 220 nm for methanol, below 210 nm for acetonitrile). For example, in Figure 31 on page 94, anisic acid has a suitable absorbance maximum at 252 nm. A narrow bandwidth of 4 nm to 12 nm generally gives good sensitivity and is specific for absorbance in a narrow range. The narrow band can be optimized for sensitivity for a specific


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for absorbance in a narrow range. The narrow band can be optimized for sensitivity for a specific molecule. As the bandwidth is increased the signal is reduced but so is the noise and there will be an optimum for best S/N. As an approximate guide, this optimum is often close to the natural bandwidth at half-height of the absorption band in the UV spectrum. In the anisic acid example this is 30 nm. The analytical wavelength is usually set at a wavelength maximum to increase sensitivity to that


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The analytical wavelength is usually set at a wavelength maximum to increase sensitivity to that molecule. The detector is linear up to 2 AU and beyond for many applications. This offers a wide linear range for concentration. For high concentration analysis the concentration linear range can be extended by setting the wavelength to one with a lower absorbance such as a wavelength minimum or by taking a wider bandwidth which usually includes lower absorbance values. The use of wavelength maxima


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a wider bandwidth which usually includes lower absorbance values. The use of wavelength maxima and minima for quantitation dates back to conventional UV detectors which because of mechanical tolerances in moving gratings needed to avoid steeply sloping parts of the spectrum. Diode-array based detectors do not have this limitation 94 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System but for reasons of convention


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System but for reasons of convention maxima and minima are chosen in preference to other parts of the spectrum. The reference bandwidth is normally set on a region of the UV spectrum in which the analyte has no absorbance. This is shown in the spectrum for anisic acid in Figure 31 on page 94. This spectrum is typical of many small molecules containing a UV chromophore. For best results the reference has been set so that it is a wide band as


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a UV chromophore. For best results the reference has been set so that it is a wide band as close to the signal wavelength as possible but on a zero absorbance region. Reference bandwidths of 60 nm to 100 nm are commonly used. The default reference is 360 nm with a bandwidth of 100 nm. A wide bandwidth is used because this reduces the noise in the reference signal (from statistical theory, the error, i.e. noise in this case, is reduced by the square root of the number of determinations). It is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
i.e. noise in this case, is reduced by the square root of the number of determinations). It is important that the reference bandwidth does not extend to a part of the spectrum that has some absorbance as this would then reduce the resulting signal and sensitivity would be reduced. The use of a reference wavelength can help to reduce drift or wander in the chromatogram caused by refractive index changes due to room temperature fluctuation or gradient operation. The effect of a reference signal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
changes due to room temperature fluctuation or gradient operation. The effect of a reference signal can be easily tested by setting two otherwise identical signals, one with and one without a reference signal. If there is no part of the spectrum with zero absorbance then it will be better to have the reference signal turned off. Figure 31 Spectrum of Anisic Acid InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Peak


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Peak Width, Response Time and Data Collection Rate The peak width setting, response time and data rate in the detector are all linked. The available settings are shown in Table 13 on page 96 and in Table on page 97. It is important to set this correctly for optimum sensitivity and to preserve the resolution achieved in the separation. The detector internally acquires data points faster than is needed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
achieved in the separation. The detector internally acquires data points faster than is needed for a chromatogram and processes them to produce the signal seen by the data system. Part of the processing reduces the data to an appropriate data rate which allows the chromatographic peaks to be accurately drawn. As with most analytical determinations groups of readings are effectively averaged to reduce error in the result. The detector bunches raw data points and produces the output signal data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
error in the result. The detector bunches raw data points and produces the output signal data at the required data collection rate by an electronic filtering process. If the resulting data rate is too slow (over filtering) the peak heights will be reduced and the resolution between them reduced; too fast and the data is noisier than it need be to accurately profile narrow peaks. The peak width setting in the detector allows the user to correctly set these parameters without needing any


key: chroma:document
string_value:
width setting in the detector allows the user to correctly set these parameters without needing any knowledge other than sight of the chromatogram integration results to see how wide the peaks are. The peak width setting should be set for the narrowest peak width observed in the chromatogram. If it is set too wide it will make the peaks appear lower in height and wider (and potentially less resolved) and if it is set too narrow it will increase the baseline noise unnecessarily. Essentially the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and if it is set too narrow it will increase the baseline noise unnecessarily. Essentially the software uses this value to set the data collection rate such that it collects enough data points over the narrowest peaks and it is aiming for 15 to 25 points across a peak. The 1290 Infinity DAD can collect at a maximum up to 240 Hz if required which would allow enough data points to be collected over a peak that is only 0.1 s wide. The response time setting is another way of indicating how this


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a peak that is only 0.1 s wide. The response time setting is another way of indicating how this filtering is set. It is measured in seconds and is about one-third of the peak width value (which is measured in minutes). It effectively shows how quickly the plotted signal responds to a step change in the input signal. NOTE The full spectra is not available under all conditions. Based on the data points, the scan data rate is reduced, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. 96 InfinityLab


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the scan data rate is reduced, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. 96 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Table 13 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117B) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Signal data rate [Hz] Scan data rate [HZ] ≤126 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
[HZ] ≤126 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] >501 pts/scan < 0.00078125 0.0078125 240 240 80 40 > 0.00078125 0.015625 240 240 80 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 160 160 80 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 1 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Table 14 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117A/G7117C) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Scan data rate[Hz] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] > pts/scan < 0.0015625 0.015625


key: chroma:document
string_value:
≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] > pts/scan < 0.0015625 0.015625 120 120 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 120 120 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 NOTE The maximum spectra scan rate depends on the data points per scan, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. Running at


key: chroma:document
string_value:
depends on the data points per scan, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. Running at 240, the spectra scan data rate is reduced automatically if the spectra scan data rate is more than 251 points/scan. 98 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Warm up of the Detector Warm up of the Detector Give the optical unit enough time to warm-up and stabilize (> 60 minutes). The detector is temperature controlled. After turn-on of the detector, it


key: chroma:document
string_value:
stabilize (> 60 minutes). The detector is temperature controlled. After turn-on of the detector, it goes through a cycle of different states:  0 to 0.5 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 0 % duty cycle.  0.5 to 1 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 66% duty cycle. This first minute is used as self-test of the heater functionality.  1 to 30 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 40% duty cycle.  After 30


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 to 30 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 40% duty cycle.  After 30 minutes the heater control is ON and is working with optimized parameters to get the optical unit into the optimal temperature window stabilized. This cycle starts  when the detector is turned off/on  when the lamp is turned off/on to ensure that the temperature control operates in a defined control range. The figures below show the first two hours of a detector warm-up phase. The lamp was


key: chroma:document
string_value:
control range. The figures below show the first two hours of a detector warm-up phase. The lamp was turned on immediately after turn on of the detector. NOTE The times to stabilize the baseline may vary from instrument to instrument and depends on the environment. The example below was done under stable environmental conditions. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Warm up of the Detector Figure 32 Detector Warm-up – 1st hour Figure 33 Detector Warm-up


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Detector Warm up of the Detector Figure 32 Detector Warm-up – 1st hour Figure 33 Detector Warm-up – 2nd hour 100 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Warm up of the Detector InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Available Tests vs User Interfaces Agilent Lab Advisor Software Overview about the troubleshooting and diagnostic features. 102 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Overview about the troubleshooting and diagnostic features. 102 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 6 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Available Tests vs User Interfaces Available Tests vs User Interfaces  Preferred tool should be the Agilent Lab Advisor software, see “Agilent Lab Advisor Software” on page 103.  Screenshots used within these procedures are based on the Agilent Lab Advisor software. NOTE Depending on the used interface, the available tests and the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Agilent Lab Advisor software. NOTE Depending on the used interface, the available tests and the screens/reports may vary. Preferred tool should be the Agilent Lab Advisor, see “Agilent Lab Advisor Software” on page 103. Agilent Lab Advisor B.02.08 or later is required. The Instant Pilot (G4208A) supports the G7117A/B with B.02.19 and the G7117C with B.02.20 or later. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Array Detectors User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software Agilent Lab Advisor Software The Agilent Lab Advisor Software is a standalone product that can be used with or without a chromatographic data system. Agilent Lab Advisor helps to manage the lab for high-quality chromatographic results by providing a detailed system overview of all connected analytical instruments with instrument status, Early Maintenance Feedback counters (EMF), instrument configuration


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with instrument status, Early Maintenance Feedback counters (EMF), instrument configuration information, and diagnostic tests. By the push of a button, a detailed diagnostic report can be generated. Upon request, the user can send this report to Agilent for a significantly improved troubleshooting and repair process. The Agilent Lab Advisor software is available in two versions:  Lab Advisor Basic  Lab Advisor Advanced Lab Advisor Basic is included with every Agilent 1200 Infinity Series and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 Lab Advisor Advanced Lab Advisor Basic is included with every Agilent 1200 Infinity Series and Agilent InfinityLab LC Series instruments. The Lab Advisor Advanced features can be unlocked by purchasing a license key, and include real-time monitoring of instrument actuals, all various instrument signals, and state machines. In addition, all diagnostic test results, calibration results, and acquired signal data can be uploaded to a shared network folder. The Review Client included in Lab


key: chroma:document
string_value:
acquired signal data can be uploaded to a shared network folder. The Review Client included in Lab Advisor Advanced allows to load and examine the uploaded data no matter on which instrument it was generated. This makes Data Sharing an ideal tool for internal support groups and users who want to track the instrument history of their analytical systems. The optional Agilent Maintenance Wizard Add-on provides an easy-to-use, step-by-step multimedia guide for performing preventive maintenance on


key: chroma:document
string_value:
provides an easy-to-use, step-by-step multimedia guide for performing preventive maintenance on Agilent 1200 Infinity and Agilent InfinityLab LC Series instruments. The tests and diagnostic features that are provided by the Agilent Lab Advisor software may differ from the descriptions in this manual. For details, refer to the Agilent Lab Advisor software help files. 104 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 6 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 6 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Error Information What Are Error Messages General Error Messages Timeout Shutdown Remote Timeout Lost CAN Partner Leak Sensor Short Leak Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Short Fan Failed Leak Open Cover Cover Violation ERI Messages Detector Error Messages Diode Current Leakage UV Lamp Current UV


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cover Cover Violation ERI Messages Detector Error Messages Diode Current Leakage UV Lamp Current UV Lamp Voltage UV Ignition Failed UV Heater Current Calibration Values Invalid Wavelength Recalibration Lost Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor on Main Board Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor at Air Inlet Heater at fan assembly failed Heater Power At Limit This chapter describes the meaning of error messages, and provides information on probable causes and suggested actions how to recover


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of error messages, and provides information on probable causes and suggested actions how to recover from error conditions. 106 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information What Are Error Messages What Are Error Messages Error messages are displayed in the user interface when an electronic, mechanical, or hydraulic (flow path) failure occurs which requires attention before the analysis can be continued (for example, repair, or exchange of consumables is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
attention before the analysis can be continued (for example, repair, or exchange of consumables is necessary). In the event of such a failure, the red status indicator at the front of the module is switched on, and an entry is written into the module logbook. If an error occurs outside a method run, other modules will not be informed about this error. If it occurs within a method run, all connected modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run will be stopped. Depending on the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run will be stopped. Depending on the module type, this stop is implemented differently. For example, for a pump the flow will be stopped for safety reasons. For a detector, the lamp will stay on in order to avoid equilibration time. Depending on the error type, the next run can only be started, if the error has been resolved, for example liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single time events can be recovered by


key: chroma:document
string_value:
liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single time events can be recovered by switching on the system in the user interface. Special handling is done in case of a leak. As a leak is a potential safety issue and may have occurred at a different module from where it has been observed, a leak always causes a shutdown of all modules, even outside a method run. In all cases, error propagation is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see documentation for the APG/ERI


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see documentation for the APG/ERI interface). InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages General Error Messages General error messages are generic to all Agilent series HPLC modules and may show up on other modules as well. Timeout Error ID: The timeout threshold was exceeded. Shutdown Error ID: An external instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Error ID: An external instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module continually monitors the remote input connectors for status signals. A LOW signal input on pin 4 of the remote connector generates the error message. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The analysis was completed successfully, and the timeout function switched off the module as requested. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A not-ready condition was present during a sequence or multiple-injection run for a period longer than the timeout threshold. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 108 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information General Error Messages Remote Timeout Error ID: A not-ready condition is still present


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Information General Error Messages Remote Timeout Error ID: A not-ready condition is still present on the remote input. When an analysis is started, the system expects all not-read y conditions (for example, a not-ready condition during detector balance) to switch to run conditions within one minute of starting the analysis. If a not-ready condition is still present on the remote line after one minute the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak detected in another


key: chroma:document
string_value:
minute the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak detected in another module with a CAN connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 2 Leak detected in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 3 Shut-down in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Check external instruments for a shut-down condition. 4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with a remote connection to the system. Check external instruments for a shut-down condition. 4 The degasser failed to generate sufficient vacuum for solvent degassing. Check the vacuum degasser for an error condition. Refer to the Service Manual for the degasser or the pump that has the degasser built-in. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Not-ready condition in one of the instruments connected to the remote line. Ensure the instrument showing the not-ready condition is installed correctly,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to the remote line. Ensure the instrument showing the not-ready condition is installed correctly, and is set up correctly for analysis. 2 Defective remote cable. Exchange the remote cable. 3 Defective components in the instrument showing the not-ready condition. Check the instrument for defects (refer to the instrument’s documentation). InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Lost CAN Partner Error ID: During an analysis, the internal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Information General Error Messages Lost CAN Partner Error ID: During an analysis, the internal synchronization or communication between one or more of the modules in the system has failed. The system processors continually monitor the system configuration. If one or more of the modules is no longer recognized as being connected to the system, the error message is generated. Leak Sensor Short Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 CAN cable disconnected.  Ensure all the CAN cables are connected correctly.  Ensure all CAN cables are installed correctly. 2 Defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
CAN cables are connected correctly.  Ensure all CAN cables are installed correctly. 2 Defective CAN cable. Exchange the CAN cable. 3 Defective main board in another module. Switch off the system. Restart the system, and determine which module or modules are not recognized by the system. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. 110 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information General Error Messages Leak Sensor Open Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (open circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools


key: chroma:document
string_value:
current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak-sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current falls outside the lower limit, the error message is generated. Compensation Sensor Open Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak sensor not connected to the Power Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service


key: chroma:document
string_value:
connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Compensation Sensor Short Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Fan Failed Error ID: The cooling fan in the module has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is used by the main board to monitor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
fan in the module has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is used by the main board to monitor the fan speed. If the fan speed falls below a certain limit for a certain length of time, the error message is generated. Depending on the module, assemblies (e.g. the lamp in the detector) are turned off to assure that the module does not overheat inside. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Loose connection


key: chroma:document
string_value:
power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Loose connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Fan cable disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective fan. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 112 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors


key: chroma:document
string_value:
contact your Agilent service representative. 112 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information General Error Messages Leak Error ID: A leak was detected in the module. The signals from the two temperature sensors (leak sensor and board-mounted temperature-compensation sensor) are used by the leak algorithm to determine whether a leak is present. When a leak occurs, the leak sensor is cooled by the solvent. This changes the resistance of the leak sensor which is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the leak sensor is cooled by the solvent. This changes the resistance of the leak sensor which is sensed by the leak-sensor circuit on the main board. Open Cover Error ID: The top foam has been removed. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose fittings. Ensure all fittings are tight. 2 Broken capillary. Exchange defective capillaries. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Foam not activating the sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective sensor or main board. Please


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective sensor or main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Cover Violation Error ID: The top foam has been removed. The sensor on the main board detects when the top foam is in place. If the foam is removed while the lamps are on (or if an attempt is made to switch on for example the lamps with the foam removed), the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are on (or if an attempt is made to switch on for example the lamps with the foam removed), the lamps are switched off, and the error message is generated. ERI Messages Error ID: 11120 (+5 V) , 11121 (+25 V) The ERI (Enhanced Remote Interface) provides two error events related to over current situations on the +5 V and +24 V lines. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The top foam was removed during operation. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Foam not activating the sensor.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
operation. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Foam not activating the sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The load on the ERI is too high. Reduce the load. 114 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages Detector Error Messages These errors are detector specific. Diode Current Leakage Error ID: When the detector is switched on, the processor checks the leakage


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diode Current Leakage Error ID: When the detector is switched on, the processor checks the leakage current of each of the optical diodes. If the leakage current exceeds the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective PDA/optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective connector or cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector


key: chroma:document
string_value:
representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Lamp Current Error ID: The UV lamp current is missing. The processor continually monitors the anode current drawn by the lamp during operation. If the anode current falls below the lower current limit, the error message is generated. UV Lamp Voltage Error ID: The UV lamp anode voltage is missing. The processor continually monitors the anode voltage across the lamp during


key: chroma:document
string_value:
voltage is missing. The processor continually monitors the anode voltage across the lamp during operation. If the anode voltage falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lamp disconnected. Ensure the UV lamp connector is seated firmly. 2 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 3 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service


key: chroma:document
string_value:
your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 2 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 116 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Ignition Failed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Ignition Failed Error ID: The UV lamp failed to ignite. The processor monitors the UV lamp current during the ignition cycle. If the lamp current does not rise above the lower limit within 2 – 5 seconds, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lamp too hot. Hot gas discharge lamps may not ignite as easily as cold lamps. Switch off the lamp and allow it to cool down for at least 15


key: chroma:document
string_value:
not ignite as easily as cold lamps. Switch off the lamp and allow it to cool down for at least 15 minutes. 2 Lamp disconnected. Ensure the lamp is connected. 3 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 4 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Heater Current


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Heater Current Error ID: The UV lamp heater current is missing. During UV lamp ignition, the processor monitors the heater current. If the current does not rise above the lower limit within one second, the error message is generated. Calibration Values Invalid Error ID: The calibration values read from the spectrometer ROM are invalid. After recalibration, the calibration values are stored in ROM. The processor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ROM are invalid. After recalibration, the calibration values are stored in ROM. The processor periodically checks if the calibration data are valid. If the data are invalid or cannot be read from the spectrometer ROM, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lamp disconnected. Ensure the UV lamp is connected. 2 Ignition started without the top foam in place. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV


key: chroma:document
string_value:
your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 4 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective connector or cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective PDA/optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 118 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e


key: chroma:document
string_value:
unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 118 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages Wavelength Recalibration Lost Error ID: The calibration information needed for your detector to operate correctly has been lost. During calibration of the detector the calibration values are stored in ROM. If no data is available in the spectrometer ROM, the error message is generated. Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor on Main


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the spectrometer ROM, the error message is generated. Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor on Main Board Error ID: This temperature sensor (located on the detector main board) delivered a value outside the allowed range. The parameter of this event equals the measured temperature in 1/100 centigrade. As a result the temperature control is switched off. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The detector is new. Recalibrate the detector. 2 The detector has been repaired. Please contact your Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is new. Recalibrate the detector. 2 The detector has been repaired. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective sensor or main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Detector is exposed to illegal ambient conditions. Verify that the ambient conditions are within the allowed range. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor at Air


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor at Air Inlet Error ID: This temperature sensor delivered a value outside the allowed range. The parameter of this event equals the measured temperature in 1/100 centigrade. As a result the temperature control is switched off. Heater at fan assembly failed Error ID: Every time the deuterium lamp or the tungsten lamp (DAD only) is switched on or off a heater self-test is performed. If the test fails an


key: chroma:document
string_value:
lamp (DAD only) is switched on or off a heater self-test is performed. If the test fails an error event is created. As a result the temperature control is switched off. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The temperature sensor is defect.  Replace the cable to the main board.  Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Detector is exposed to illegal ambient conditions. Verify that the ambient conditions are within the allowed range. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the ambient conditions are within the allowed range. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective connector or cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective heater. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 120 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages Heater Power At Limit Error ID: The available power of the heater reached either the upper or lower limit. This event is sent only once per run. The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of the heater reached either the upper or lower limit. This event is sent only once per run. The parameter determines which limit has been hit: 0 means upper power limit hit (excessive ambient temperature drop). 1 means lower power limit hit (excessive ambient temperature increase). Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Excessive ambient temperature change. Wait until temperature control equilibrates. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Test Functions and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Conditions of Detector Failing a Test Self-Test Intensity Test Test Failed Cell Test Test Failed (low ratio value) Quick Noise Test Test Failed ASTM Drift and Noise Test Test Failed Slit Test Slit Test (G7117B) Test Failed Slit Test (G7117A/G7117C) Wavelength Verification Test Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Recalibration Fails D/A


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Wavelength Verification Test Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Recalibration Fails D/A Converter (DAC) Test Test Evaluation Dark Current Test Test Failed Other Lab Advisor Functions EMFs - Early Maintenance Feature This chapter describes the tests for the module. 122 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Introduction All tests are described based on the Agilent Lab Advisor Software B.02.08. Other user interfaces may not provide


key: chroma:document
string_value:
described based on the Agilent Lab Advisor Software B.02.08. Other user interfaces may not provide any test or just a few. For details on the use of the interface refer to the interface documentation. The Lab Advisor shows the available test under Service & Diagnostics. Table 15 Interfaces and available test functions Interface Comment Available Function Agilent Lab Advisor For functions, refer to Function Overview Lab Advisor  G7117A(Table 16 on page 123) Available functions depend on Product


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Function Overview Lab Advisor  G7117A(Table 16 on page 123) Available functions depend on Product Level (Basic – Advanced – FSE) Agilent ChemStation No tests available Adding of temperature/lamp signals to chromatographic signals possible  Temperature main board  Temperature optical unit  Lamp anode voltage InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Introduction Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions Product Level Tests - ASTM Drift and Noise Test Basic Advanced - Cell Test Basic Advanced - D/A Converter Test Basic Advanced - Dark Current Test Basic Advanced - Intensity Test Basic Advanced - Quick Noise Test Basic Advanced - Self Test Basic Advanced - Slit Test (G7117B only) Basic Advanced - Wavelength Verification Test Basic Advanced Calibrations - Wavelength Calibration Basic Advanced Tools


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Verification Test Basic Advanced Calibrations - Wavelength Calibration Basic Advanced Tools - Diagnostic Buffers Basic Advanced - Module Info Basic Advanced - Test Chromatogram Basic Advanced - Spectral Scan Basic Advanced Controls - Advanced Method Parameters 2 lamp required Advanced - Analog Output 1 Attenuation Advanced - Analog Output 1 Offset [% Full Scale] Advanced - Configuration - Remote Pulse Duration [s] * Basic Advanced - Analog Output 1 Range Advanced 124 InfinityLab LC Series Diod


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pulse Duration [s] * Basic Advanced - Analog Output 1 Range Advanced 124 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Introduction - Control - UV Lamp Basic Advanced - Balance Detector Advanced - Conversions - G7117B allows G7117A, G4212A, G4212B Basic Advanced - 7117A allows G4212B Basic Advanced - G7117C allows G4212B Basic Advanced - Method Parameters - Set Signal C Advanced - Set Signal B Advanced - Set Signal A Advanced - Set Data Rate [Hz]


key: chroma:document
string_value:
- Set Signal C Advanced - Set Signal B Advanced - Set Signal A Advanced - Set Data Rate [Hz] Advanced - Module Information - Identify Module Basic Advanced - Special Commands - Lamp tag required Basic Advanced - Clear Error Basic Advanced - Cell tag required Basic Advanced - Detector Reset Basic Advanced Actuals - Signal A [mAU] Advanced Statemachines - UV Lamp Basic Advanced Signals - Signal A [mAU] Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions Product Level InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Introduction - Lamp Voltage [V] Advanced - Board Temperature [°C] Advanced - Optical Temperature [°C] Advanced EMF Counters - Accumulated UV Lamp On-Time Basic Advanced - Number of UV Lamp Ignitions Basic Advanced - Current UV Lamp On-Time Basic Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Basic Advanced - Current UV Lamp On-Time Basic Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions Product Level 126 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Figure 34 The Lab Advisor shows the available test InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell The Max-Light Cartridge


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell The Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell is recommended to be used for several tests instead of the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) = 1 μL) or the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V( σ) = 4 μL) because it allows running the test(s) without any influence of the rest of th e system (degasser, pump, sampler and others). The results of the test cell are comparable with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) = 1 μL) filled


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of the test cell are comparable with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) = 1 μL) filled with water, e.g. Intensity Profile. Only the Absorbance value is higher on the Max-Light Cartridge Cell. If the profile of the Max-Light Cartridge Cell differs in the low UV range, then absorbing solvents are in the cell and should be flushed out. See also “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. Below table gives an idea on the signal height variation of the Max-Light Cartridge Cells


key: chroma:document
string_value:
page 170. Below table gives an idea on the signal height variation of the Max-Light Cartridge Cells compared to Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. NOTE When using the Max-Light Cartridge Cell for tests/calibrations, it should be run at 0.5 mL/min constant flow with water. This assures that the light path is always flushed. Table 17 Max-Light Cartridge Cells compared to Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Part Number Description Signal Height (typical) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell 100 %


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Part Number Description Signal Height (typical) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell 100 % G4212-60008 Max-Light Cartridge Cell 10 mmV( σ) = 1 µL ~ 100 % G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell 60 mmV( σ) = 4 µL ~ 100 % G4212-60032 Max-Light Cartridge Cell HDR (3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) 100 % G4212-60017 Max-Light Cartridge Cell ULD (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) 100 % 128 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Conditions of Detector Conditions of Detector


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Conditions of Detector Conditions of Detector The test usually should be performed with a detector turned on for at least one hour, so that the temperature regulation of the optical unit is working (not active during the first 30 minutes after turn on). If the detector is on, tests can be performed usually 10 minutes after the UV-lamp has been turned on. Failing a Test If a test fails with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell repeat the test with the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on. Failing a Test If a test fails with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell repeat the test with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and compare. If the test fails also, then start with proposed actions mentioned in the details of the tests. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Self-Test Self-Test The self-test runs a series of individual tests (described on the next pages), and evaluates the results automatically. The following tests are run:  Slit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on the next pages), and evaluates the results automatically. The following tests are run:  Slit Test (G7117B only)  Dark Current Test  Intensity Test  Wavelength Verification Test  ASTM Noise Test, a simplified version of the ASTM Drift and Noise Test (without testing the Drift) When For complete detector check. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  For noise


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  For noise test a longer warm-up time may be required (> 2 hours).  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. 130 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Self-Test 1 Run the Self-Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 35 Self-Test – Results Under the tab


key: chroma:document
string_value:
further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 35 Self-Test – Results Under the tab Signals you can find the detailed signals from the tests. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test Intensity Test The intensity test measures the intensity of the UV-lamp over the full wavelength range (190 - 640 nm). Four spectral ranges are used to evaluate the intensity spectrum. The test is used to determine the performance of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are used to evaluate the intensity spectrum. The test is used to determine the performance of the lamp and optics (see also “Cell Test” on page 134). When the test is started, the 1-nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B only). On the G7117A/G7117C, the 4 nm fixed slit is used. To eliminate effects due to absorbing solvents, the test should be done with water in the Max-Light Cartridge Cell or with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. The shape of the intensity spectrum is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cartridge Cell or with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. The shape of the intensity spectrum is primarily dependent on the lamp, grating, and diode array characteristics. Therefore, intensity spectra will differ slightly between instruments. When In case of UV-lamp problem (drift, noise). Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes. 132 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cell Preparations Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes. 132 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test 1 Run the Intensity-Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 36 Intensity Test – Results Figure 37 Intensity Test – Signals InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test Test Failed Intensity Test Evaluation Probable


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test Test Failed Intensity Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell.  Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles.  Repeat test with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and compare results. 2 Incorrect calibration Recalibrate and repeat the test. 3 Dirty or contaminated flow cell. Run the cell test. If the test fails, flush the flow cell. See also “Clean the Max-Light


key: chroma:document
string_value:
flow cell. Run the cell test. If the test fails, flush the flow cell. See also “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. 4 Dirty or contaminated optical components. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 6 Defect optical unit. If the test fails with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and new UV-lamp, please contact your Agilent service representative. NOTE If only one range fails and the application does not require this range, the lamp may


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE If only one range fails and the application does not require this range, the lamp may not be changed. 134 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test Cell Test The cell test measures the intensity of the UV-lamp over the full wavelength range (190 - 690 nm), once with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell installed, and once with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. The resulting intensity ratio is a measure of the amount of light absorbed by


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cartridge Test Cell. The resulting intensity ratio is a measure of the amount of light absorbed by the Max-Light Cartridge flow cell. The test can be used to check for dirty or contaminated flow cell windows. When the test is started, the 1-nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B only). On the G7117A/G7117C, the 4 nm fixed slit is used. This test should be performed initially with a new detector/flow cell. The values should be kept for later reference/comparison. When In case


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a new detector/flow cell. The values should be kept for later reference/comparison. When In case of low intensity or noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test 1 Run


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test 1 Run the Cell-Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 38 Cell Test – Results Figure 39 Cell Test – Signals (example shows low intensity for flow cell) 136 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test Test Failed (low ratio value) Cell Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Test Failed (low ratio value) Cell Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles. 2 Dirty or contaminated flow cell. Clean the flow cell as described in “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise Test Quick Noise Test The quick noise test measures the noise of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Calibration Quick Noise Test Quick Noise Test The quick noise test measures the noise of the detector, with Max-Light Cartridge Cell or with Max-Light Cartri dge Test Cell installed, in one minute intervals over a total of 5 minutes. The noise of the detector is calculated by using the maximum amplitude for all random variations of the detector signal of frequencies greater than one cycle per hour. The noise is determined for 5 one minute intervals and is based on the accumulated


key: chroma:document
string_value:
cycle per hour. The noise is determined for 5 one minute intervals and is based on the accumulated peak-to-peak noise for the intervals. At least seven data points per cycles are used in the calculation. The cycles in the noise determination are not overlapping. If the test is performed with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When In case of noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled


key: chroma:document
string_value:
In case of noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Detector and UV-lamp must be on for at least 2 hours.  ASTM measurements based on specifications may require longer stabilization times.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. 138 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise Test 1 Run the Quick Noise Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 40 Quick Noise Test – Results Figure 41 Quick Noise Test – Signal InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise Test Test Failed Quick Noise Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Insufficient lamp warm-up time. Allow


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Noise Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Insufficient lamp warm-up time. Allow detector and UV-lamp turned on for at least 2 hours. 2 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles. 3 Dirty or contaminated flow cell.  Flush flow cell.  Clean the flow cell as described in “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. 4 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 140 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
170. 4 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 140 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration ASTM Drift and Noise Test ASTM Drift and Noise Test The ASTM noise test determines the detector noise over a period of 20 minutes. The test is done with installed Max-Light Cartridge Cell or Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. This test does also check for the drift. It is also part of the “Self Test” (without checking for the drift). If the test is performed with


key: chroma:document
string_value:
It is also part of the “Self Test” (without checking for the drift). If the test is performed with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When In case of noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Detector and UV-lamp must be on for at least 2 hours.  ASTM measurements based on specifications may require longer stabilization


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for at least 2 hours.  ASTM measurements based on specifications may require longer stabilization times.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration ASTM Drift and Noise Test 1 Run the ASTM Drift and Noise Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 42 ASTM Drift and Noise Test – Results Figure 43 ASTM Drift


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Online-Help of user interface). Figure 42 ASTM Drift and Noise Test – Results Figure 43 ASTM Drift and Noise Test – Signal 142 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration ASTM Drift and Noise Test Test Failed ASTM Noise Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Insufficient lamp warm-up time. Allow detector and UV-lamp turned on for at least 2 hours. 2 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 hours. 2 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles. 3 Dirty or contaminated flow cell.  Flush flow cell.  Clean the flow cell as described in “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. 4 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 5 Environment not according to specifications. Improve environment. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test Slit Test Slit Test (G7117B)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test Slit Test Slit Test (G7117B) The slit test verifies correct operation of the micromechanical slit. During the test, the slit is moved through all slit positions while the detector monitors the lamp intensity change. When the slit position is changed, the intensity drop (move to smaller slit) or intensity increase (move to larger slit) must be within a defined range. If the intensity changes are outside the expected range, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
slit) must be within a defined range. If the intensity changes are outside the expected range, the test fails. When In case of problems. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. 144 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test 1 Run the Slit Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 44 Slit Test – Results Figure 45 Slit Test – Signal InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test Test Failed Slit Test Evaluation Slit Test (G7117A/G7117C) There is no dedicated slit test for the G7117A/G7117C. To verify the proper function


key: chroma:document
string_value:
There is no dedicated slit test for the G7117A/G7117C. To verify the proper function perform the following tests:  Intensity Test (tests the normal position)  Dark Current Test (tests the dark position) Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Air bubble in Max-Light Cartridge Cell. Flush the flow cell or use the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. 2 Old lamp. Run the “Intensity Test”. Exchange the lamp if old or defective. 3 Defective slit assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
old or defective. 3 Defective slit assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 146 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Verification Test Wavelength Verification Test The detector uses the alpha (656.1 nm) and beta (486 nm) emission lines of the UV-lamp


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Test The detector uses the alpha (656.1 nm) and beta (486 nm) emission lines of the UV-lamp for wavelength calibration. The sharp emission lines enable accurate calibration. When verification is started, the 1-nm slit is moved into the light path automatically. The test is run with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell or with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell installed. If the test is performed with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When The detector is calibrated at the factory, and under normal operating conditions should not require recalibration. However, it is advisable to recalibrate:  after repair of components in the optical unit,  after exchange of the optical unit or main board,  after replacing the Max-Light Cartridge Cell or UV-lamp,  after significant environmental condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 after significant environmental condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular interval, at least once per year (for example, prior to an Operational Qualification/Performance Verification procedure), and  when chromatographic results indicate the detector may require recalibration. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell or 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Verification Test 1 Run the Wavelength Verification Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 46 Wavelength Verification – Results 148 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions


key: chroma:document
string_value:
– Results 148 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Calibration The detector uses the alpha (656.1 nm) and beta (486 nm) emission lines of the deuterium lamp for wavelength calibration. The sharp emission lines enable more accurate calibration than is possible with holmium oxide. When recalibration is started, the 1 nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B). The gain is set to zero. On


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the 1 nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B). The gain is set to zero. On completion of the scan, the alpha- and beta-line deviations (in nm) are displayed. These values indicate how far the detector calibration deviates from the actual positions of the alpha and beta emission lines. After calibration, the deviation is zero. To eliminate effects due to absorbing solvents, install the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell before starting the test. When The detector is calibrated at


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell before starting the test. When The detector is calibrated at the factory, and under normal operating conditions should not require recalibration. However, it is advisable to recalibrate:  after maintenance (flow cell or UV-lamp),  after repair of components in the optical unit,  after exchange of the optical unit or main board,  after significant environmental condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular interval, at least once per year (for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular interval, at least once per year (for example, prior to an Operational Qualification/Performance Verification procedure), and  when chromatographic results indicate the detector may require recalibration. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell or 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell Preparations  Detector/lamp must be on for more than 1 hour.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
more than 1 hour.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. NOTE If the detector is operated in a lab environment that differs at average from the final test environment (25 °C) then the detector should be recalibrated for this temperature. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Calibration 1 Run the Wavelength Calibration with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 Run the Wavelength Calibration with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 47 Wavelength Calibration - Results If you select No, the test is aborted. If you select Yes, the re-calibration is performed (the offset is corrected). NOTE If the detector was repaired (opened covers), the wavelength calibration can be done 10 minutes after lamp on. A final wavelength calibration should be repeated after complete warm-up of the detector. 150


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on. A final wavelength calibration should be repeated after complete warm-up of the detector. 150 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Recalibration Fails Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in Max-Light Cartridge Cell. Repeat calibration with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and compare results. 2 Dirty or contaminated Max-Light Cartridge Cell.  Ensure the Max-Light Cartridge


key: chroma:document
string_value:
compare results. 2 Dirty or contaminated Max-Light Cartridge Cell.  Ensure the Max-Light Cartridge Cell is filled with water.  Recalibrate. 3 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 4 Dirty or contaminated optical components. Run the Cell Test. If the test fails, flush the flow cell. See also “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. NOTE If the test fails with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and new UV-lamp, the optical unit must be replaced. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
new UV-lamp, the optical unit must be replaced. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration D/A Converter (DAC) Test D/A Converter (DAC) Test The detector provides analog output of chromatographic signals for use with integrators, chart recorders or data sy stems. The analog signal is converted from the digital format by the digital-analog-converter (DAC). The DAC test is used to verify correct operation of the digital-analog-converter by applying a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The DAC test is used to verify correct operation of the digital-analog-converter by applying a digital test signal to the DAC. The DAC outputs an analog signal of approximately 50 mV (if the zero offset of the analog output is set to the default value of 5 %) which can be plotted on an integrator. A continuous square wave with an amplitude of 10 μV and a frequency of approximately 1 cycle/24 seconds is applied to the signal. The amplitude of the square wave and the peak-to-peak noise are used


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is applied to the signal. The amplitude of the square wave and the peak-to-peak noise are used to evaluate the DAC test. When If the analog detector signal is noisy or missing. Preparations Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes. Connect integrator, chart recorder or data system to the detector analog output. 152 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration D/A Converter (DAC) Test 1 Run the D/A Converter (DAC) Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
D/A Converter (DAC) Test 1 Run the D/A Converter (DAC) Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 48 D/A Converter (DAC) Test – Results Figure 49 D/A Converter (DAC) Test – Example of Integrator Plot InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration D/A Converter (DAC) Test Test Evaluation The noise on the step should be less than 3 μV. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Bad cable or grounding


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on the step should be less than 3 μV. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Bad cable or grounding problem between detector and external device. Check or replace the cable. 2 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 154 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Dark Current Test Dark Current Test The dark-current test measures the leakage current from each diode. The test is used to check for leaking diodes


key: chroma:document
string_value:
test measures the leakage current from each diode. The test is used to check for leaking diodes which may cause non-linearity at specific wavelengths. During the test, the slit assembly moves to the dark position, cutting off all light falling onto the diode array. Next, the leakage current from each diode is measured, and displayed graphically. The leakage current (represented in counts) for each diode should fall within the limits. 1 Run the Dark Current Test with the recommended user


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for each diode should fall within the limits. 1 Run the Dark Current Test with the recommended user interface (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 50 Dark Current Test – Results When In case of problem. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Dark Current Test Figure 51 Dark Current Test – Signals Test Failed Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective slit assembly (stray light).  Run the “Self-Test”on page 129. 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Suggested actions 1 Defective slit assembly (stray light).  Run the “Self-Test”on page 129.  Run the “Slit Test (G7117B)” on page (part of the “Self-Test”on page 129). 2 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective PDA/optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 156 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Other Lab Advisor Functions Other Lab Advisor Functions EMFs - Early


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Test Functions and Calibration Other Lab Advisor Functions Other Lab Advisor Functions EMFs - Early Maintenance Feature The EMFs screen allows you to view and manage the EMF counters for all modules in all systems. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Warnings and Cautions Overview of Maintenance Cleaning the Module Remove and Install Doors Replace the Deuterium Lamp Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Clean the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Remove and Install Doors Replace the Deuterium Lamp Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Storage of Max-Light Cartridge Cell Correcting Leaks Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace the Module Firmware Information from Module’s Assemblies This chapter describes the maintenance of the module. 158 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance The module is designed for easy


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance The module is designed for easy maintenance. Maintenance can be done from the front with module in place in the system stack. NOTE There are no serviceable parts inside. Do not open the module. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Warnings and Cautions Warnings and Cautions WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold


key: chroma:document
string_value:
hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ The volume of substances should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of substances should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. WARNING Eye damage by detector light Eye damage may result from directly viewing the UV-light produced by the lamp of the optical system used in this product. ➔ Always turn the lamp of the optical system off before removing it. WARNING Electrical shock Repair work at the module can lead to personal injuries, e.g. shock hazard, when the cover is opened. ➔ Do not


key: chroma:document
string_value:
at the module can lead to personal injuries, e.g. shock hazard, when the cover is opened. ➔ Do not remove the cover of the module. ➔ Only certified persons are authorized to carry out repairs inside the module. 160 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Warnings and Cautions WARNING Personal injury or damage to the product Agilent is not responsible for any damages caused, in whole or in part, by improper use of the products, unauthorized alterations, adjustments


key: chroma:document
string_value:
caused, in whole or in part, by improper use of the products, unauthorized alterations, adjustments or modifications to the products, failure to comply with procedures in Agilent product user guides, or use of the products in violation of applicable laws, rules or regulations. ➔ Use your Agilent products only in the manner described in the Agilent product user guides. CAUTION Safety standards for external equipment ➔ If you connect external equipment to the instrument, make sure that you only


key: chroma:document
string_value:
external equipment ➔ If you connect external equipment to the instrument, make sure that you only use accessory units tested and approved according to the safety standards appropriate for the type of external equipment. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Overview of Maintenance Overview of Maintenance The following pages describe maintenance (simple repairs) of the detector that can be carried out without opening the main cover. Table 18 Overview of Maintenance


key: chroma:document
string_value:
detector that can be carried out without opening the main cover. Table 18 Overview of Maintenance Procedure Typical Frequency Notes Cleaning of module If required Deuterium lamp exchange If noise and/or drift exceeds your application limits or lamp does not ignite. A wavelength calibration test and an intensity test should be performed after replacement. Flow cell exchange If le aking or if intensity drops due to contaminated flow cell. A wavelength calibration test should be performed after


key: chroma:document
string_value:
drops due to contaminated flow cell. A wavelength calibration test should be performed after replacement. Leak sensor drying If leak has occurred. Check for leaks. Leak handling System replacement If broken or corroded. Check for leaks. 162 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Cleaning the Module Cleaning the Module To keep the module case clean, use a soft cloth slightly dampened with water, or a solution of water and mild detergent. WARNING Liquid dripping


key: chroma:document
string_value:
slightly dampened with water, or a solution of water and mild detergent. WARNING Liquid dripping into the electronic compartment of your module can cause shock hazard and damage the module ➔ Do not use an excessively damp cloth during cleaning. ➔ Drain all solvent lines before opening any connections in the flow path. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Remove and Install Doors Remove and Install Doors Parts required p/n Description 5067-5737 Door left 5067-5736


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Install Doors Remove and Install Doors Parts required p/n Description 5067-5737 Door left 5067-5736 Door right NOTE The figures shown in this procedure exemplarily show the Infinity II Multisampler module. The principle of how to remove and/or install doors works in the same way for all Infinity II modules. 1 Press the release buttons and pull the front door out. 2 For the Installation of the front door. Insert the hinges into their guides and move the door in until the release buttons click


key: chroma:document
string_value:
door. Insert the hinges into their guides and move the door in until the release buttons click into their final position. 164 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Deuterium Lamp Replace the Deuterium Lamp When If noise or drift exceeds application limits or lamp does not ignite. Tools required Description Screwdriver POZI 1 PT3 Parts required # p/n Description 1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag Preparations Turn the lamp off.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag Preparations Turn the lamp off. WARNING Injury by touching hot lamp If the detector has been in use, the lamp may be hot. ➔ If so, wait for lamp to cool down. NOTE The lamp house cover includes a magnet. 1 Open the doors. 2 Locate the lamp cover. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Deuterium Lamp 3 Grab the lamp cover and pull it off (it is fixed by a magnet in the bottom of the cover). 4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Lamp 3 Grab the lamp cover and pull it off (it is fixed by a magnet in the bottom of the cover). 4 Unplug the lamp connector (1.) and unscrew the two lamp screws (2.) (Pozidriv). 5 Remove the lamp and place it on a clean place. NOTE Do not touch the glass bulb with your fingers. It may reduce the light output. 6 Insert the lamp (RFID tag on the right side). 7 Fix the lamp screws (1.) and reconnect the lamp connector (2.). 8 Place the lamp cable in the lamp cover.   


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the lamp connector (2.). 8 Place the lamp cable in the lamp cover.      166 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Deuterium Lamp 9 Slide the lamp cover into the top position of the metal front (1.) and press the lamp cover completely in until it clicks (2.). 10 Close the doors. 11 Perform a Wavelength Re-calibration after lamp warm-up.   InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual


key: chroma:document
string_value:
after lamp warm-up.   InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell When If leaking or if intensity drops due to contaminated flow cell. Tools required Description Wrench, 1/4 inch for capillary connections Parts required p/n Description G4212-60008 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 µL) G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1.0 µL) G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell G4212-60032 HDR Max-Light Cartridge Cell (3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) G4212-60038 ULD Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) Preparations Turn the pump off. NOTE The flow cell is shipped with a filling of isopropanol. This is to avoid breakage due to subambient conditions. In case the flow cell is not used for some time (stored), then flush the flow cell with iso-propanol. 168 InfinityLab


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is not used for some time (stored), then flush the flow cell with iso-propanol. 168 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Remove the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Open the doors. 2 Disconnect the capillaries from the flow cell cartridge. 3 Flip the cartridge lever towards the front (down). 4 Pull the cartridge holder completely out. 5 Remove the flow cell cartridge.   InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors


key: chroma:document
string_value:
out. 5 Remove the flow cell cartridge.   InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Install the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Insert the flow cell cartridge. 2 Slide the cartridge holder completely into the detector. 3 Lift the cartridge lever up into the final position. 4 Reconnect the capillaries. 5 Close the doors. 6 Perform a Cell Test and a Wavelength Verification Test.   170 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a Cell Test and a Wavelength Verification Test.   170 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Flush the flow cell with the alcohol for some time. 2 Remove the cell from the cartridge holder (see “Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 167). 3 Carefully clean the light inlet and outlet of the cell using lens tissue or Q-tips® with alcohol. 4 Flush the flow cell with water


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and outlet of the cell using lens tissue or Q-tips® with alcohol. 4 Flush the flow cell with water and repeat the Intensity Test and or Cell Test. When Low counts on Intensity Test or Cell Test (failed tests) Tools required p/n Description Alcohol (Iso-propanol or Ethanol) Lens tissue or Q-tips ® 5190-0530 Cell cleaning solvent NOTE If Q-tips® are used, ensure that no cotton fluff remains at the inlet or outlet. NOTE Do not touch the light inlet and outlet of the cell with your fingers. This


key: chroma:document
string_value:
inlet or outlet. NOTE Do not touch the light inlet and outlet of the cell with your fingers. This will add a layer of contamination on the window and reduce the light throughput. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 5 If the cleaning with the alcohol did not improve the results, the flow cell might be cleaned with cleaning fluid (PN 5190-0530). Use a concentration of 0.5 – 2 v/v % (cleaning fluid/water). Use a syringe to fill the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5190-0530). Use a concentration of 0.5 – 2 v/v % (cleaning fluid/water). Use a syringe to fill the flow cell with cleaning fluid. The following cleaning protocols are recommended:  Maximum 3 hours at 25 – 30 °C or  30 – 40 min at 30 – 35 °C. 6 Repeat step 4 on page 170. 7 If tests fail again, the flow cell might be replaced if the chromatographic performace cannot be accepted. NOTE The optimal concentration depends on the water quality, the contamination, the temperature, and other factors.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
concentration depends on the water quality, the contamination, the temperature, and other factors. The use of demineralized water may improve the cleaning characteristics. 172 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Storage of Max-Light Cartridge Cell Storage of Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Flush the Max- Light Cartridge Flow Cell with iso- propanol or methanol and insert the plugs into the cell inlet and outlet (see “Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page


key: chroma:document
string_value:
insert the plugs into the cell inlet and outlet (see “Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 167). 2 Remove the Max-Light Cartridge Cell from the cartridge holder of the detector. 3 Replace the black hoods, that secure the cell light inlet and outlet. 4 Store the Max-Light Cartridge Cell in plastic case provided with the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Correcting Leaks Correcting Leaks When If leak has occurred. Tools


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual Maintenance Correcting Leaks Correcting Leaks When If leak has occurred. Tools required Description Tissue Preparations Turn the pump off. 1 Open the doors. 2 Use tissue to dry the leak sensor area (1). Observe the capillary connections and the flow cell area (2) for leaks and correct, if required. 3 Close the doors.     2 174 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace Leak Handling System Parts Parts


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual 9 Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace Leak Handling System Parts Parts required p/n Description 5043-0856 Leak Adapter 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) approximately 85 mm required 1 Open the doors. 2 Locate the Leak Adapter (1) and Tubing (2). 3 Press the Leak Adapter down and remove it together with the tubing. 4 Install the Leak Adapter by pressing it into the Main Cover.       InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by pressing it into the Main Cover.       InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts 5 Insert the Tubing (approximately 85 mm required for replacement) between Leak Adapter outlet and Leak Panel. 6 Close the doors. 176 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Module Firmware Replace the Module Firmware To upgrade/downgrade the module’s firmware carry out the following steps: 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Module Firmware To upgrade/downgrade the module’s firmware carry out the following steps: 1 Download the required module firmware, the latest FW Update Tool and the documentation from the Agilent web. http://www.agilent.com/en-us/firmwareDownload?whid=69761 2 For loading the firmware into the module follow the instructions in the documentation. When The installation of newer firmware might be necessary  if a newer version solves problems of older versions or  to keep all systems on the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be necessary  if a newer version solves problems of older versions or  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision. The installation of older firmware might be necessary  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision or  if a new module with newer firmware is added to a system or  if third party control software requires a special version. Tools required Description Agilent Lab Advisor software OR Instant Pilot G4208A (only if supported by module) Parts required #


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Agilent Lab Advisor software OR Instant Pilot G4208A (only if supported by module) Parts required # Description 1 Firmware, tools and documentation from Agilent web site Preparations Read update documentation provided with the Firmware Update Tool. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Module Firmware Module Specific Information Table 19 Module Specific Information (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) G7117B 1290 DAD G7117A 1290 DAD FS G7117C 1260 DAD HS Initial


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Information (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) G7117B 1290 DAD G7117A 1290 DAD FS G7117C 1260 DAD HS Initial firmware (main and resident) D.06.70 D.07.01 Compatibility with 1100/1200/1260/ 1290 series modules When using the detector in a system, all other modules must have firmware from set 6.50 (latest version) or later (main and resident). Otherwise the communication will not work. Conversion to / emulation G4212A, G4212B, G7117A G4212B G4212B 178 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G4212A, G4212B, G7117A G4212B G4212B 178 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Information from Module’s Assemblies Information from Module’s Assemblies Lamp and Flow Cell RFID Tag The detector is equipped with a UV lamp and flow cell identification system using RFID (radio frequency identification) tags attached to the assemblies and RFID tag readers at the optical unit. The table below lists all parameters stored in the RFID tag. Serial Number and Firmware


key: chroma:document
string_value:
unit. The table below lists all parameters stored in the RFID tag. Serial Number and Firmware Revision The user interface provides module specific information that is stored in the main board. These are for example the serial number, firmware revision. Table 20 RFID Tag Data Lamp information Flow cell information  product number  product number  serial number  serial number  production date  production date  accumulated UV on time (in hours)  nominal path length of the cell (in mm) 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 production date  accumulated UV on time (in hours)  nominal path length of the cell (in mm)  actual UV lamp on time (in hours)  cell volume (σ) in µL  number of ignitions  maximum pressure (in bar)  date of last intensity test  date of last cell test NOTE The pressure value is always displayed in bar, even if the user interface uses other units, e.g. PSI. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Parts and Materials for Maintenance Overview of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Parts and Materials for Maintenance Overview of Maintenance Parts Accessory Kit This chapter provides information on parts for maintenance. 180 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 10 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Overview of Maintenance Parts Overview of Maintenance Parts Figure 52 Overview of maintenance parts For cables, see “Cable Overview” on page 184. Item p/n Description 1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp


key: chroma:document
string_value:
cables, see “Cable Overview” on page 184. Item p/n Description 1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag 2 G4212-60008 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) 1.0 µL) OR 2 G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) OR 2 G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell OR 2 G4212-60032 HDR Max-Light Cartridge Cell (3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) OR 2 G4212-60038 ULD Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) 3 5043-0856 Leak Adapter 4 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) 3 5043-0856 Leak Adapter 4 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) for Waste and Leak Adapter (ca. 85 mm required) 5062-8535 Waste accessory kit (Flow Cell to waste) 5 5067-5737 Door left 6 5067-5736 Door right 7 5043-1013 Tubing Clip InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit Accessory Kit G7117-68755 Accessory Kit p/n Description 5062-8535 Waste accessory kit 5063-6527 Tubing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Kit G7117-68755 Accessory Kit p/n Description 5062-8535 Waste accessory kit 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) see item 4 in Figure 52 on page 5181-1516 CAN cable, Agilent module to module, 0.5 m 5500-1155 Tube Connector, 90 degree, ID 6.4 5043-1013 Tubing Clip see item 7 in Figure 52 on page 5500-1191 Capillary ST 0.12 mm x 280 mm, long socket 182 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 10 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 10 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies LAN Configuration What You Have to Do First TCP/IP parameter configuration Configuration Switches Initialization Mode Selection Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) General Information (DHCP) Setup (DHCP) Manual Configuration With Telnet With the Instant Pilot (G4208A) This chapter provides information on connecting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
With Telnet With the Instant Pilot (G4208A) This chapter provides information on connecting the module to the Agilent ChemStation PC. 216 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration What You Have to Do First What You Have to Do First The module has an on- board LAN communication interface. 1 Note the MAC (Media Access Control) address for further reference. The MAC or hardware address of the LAN interfaces is a world wide unique identifier. No other network


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MAC or hardware address of the LAN interfaces is a world wide unique identifier. No other network device will have the same hardware address. The MAC address can be found on a label at the rear of the module underneath the configuration switch (see Figure 58 on page 216). Figure 57 MAC-Label 2 Connect the instrument's LAN interface (see Figure 58 on page 216) to  the PC network card using a crossover network cable (point-to-point) or  a hub or switch using a standard LAN cable. Figure 58


key: chroma:document
string_value:
crossover network cable (point-to-point) or  a hub or switch using a standard LAN cable. Figure 58 Location of LAN interfaces and MAC label NOTE This chapter is generic and may show figures that differ from your module. The functionality is the same. 3DUWQXPEHURIWKHGHWHFWRUPDLQERDUG 5HYLVLRQ&RGH9HQGRU<HDUDQG:HHNRIDVVHPEO\ 0$&DGGUHVV &RXQWU\RI2ULJLQ /$1LQWHUIDFH 0$&ODEHO InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration TCP/IP parameter


key: chroma:document
string_value:
InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration TCP/IP parameter configuration TCP/IP parameter configuration To operate properly in a network environment, the LAN interface must be configured with valid TCP/IP network parameters. These parameters are:  IP address  Subnet Mask  Default Gateway The TCP/IP parameters can be configured by the following methods:  by automatically requesting the parameters from a network-based DHCP Server (using the so-called Dynamic


key: chroma:document
string_value:
requesting the parameters from a network-based DHCP Server (using the so-called Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). This mode requires a LAN-onboard Module or a G1369C LAN Interface card, see “Setup (DHCP)” on page  by manually setting the parameters using Telnet  by manually setting the parameters using the Instant Pilot (G4208A) The LAN interface differentiates between several initialization modes. The initialization mode (short form ‘init mode’) defines how to determine the active TCP/IP


key: chroma:document
string_value:
modes. The initialization mode (short form ‘init mode’) defines how to determine the active TCP/IP parameters after power-on. The parameters may be derived non-volatile memory or initialized with known default values. The initialization mode is selected by the configuration switch, see Table 26 on page 219. 218 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Configuration Switches Configuration Switches The configuration switch can be accessed at the rear of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Switches Configuration Switches The configuration switch can be accessed at the rear of the module. Figure 59 Location of Configuration switch (example shows a G7114A/B VWD) The module is shipped with all switches set to OFF, as shown above. &RQILJXUDWLRQVZLWFK NOTE To perform any LAN configuration, SW1 and SW2 must be set to OFF. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Initialization Mode Selection The following


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Initialization Mode Selection The following initialization (init) modes are selectable: Default IP address for LAN is 192.168.254.11. DHCP address is the module’s LAN MAC address. Using Stored When initialization mode Using Stored is selected, the parameters are taken from the non-volatile memory of the module. The TCP/IP connection will be established using these parameters. The parameters were configured previously by one of the described


key: chroma:document
string_value:
using these parameters. The parameters were configured previously by one of the described methods. Figure 60 Using Stored (Principle) Table 26 Initialization Mode Switches SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Init Mode 000000U s e D e f a u l t I P Address 000010U s e S t o r e d I P A d d r e s s 000100U s e D H C P Note: The setting ‘0’ (down) is essential. 1RQ9RODWLOH 5$0 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 220 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Initialization


key: chroma:document
string_value:
220 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Using Default When Using Default is selected, the factory default parameters are taken instead. These parameters enable a TCP/IP connection to the LAN interface without further configuration, see Table 27 on page 220. Figure 61 Using Default (Principle) Since the default IP address is a so-called local address, it will not be routed by any network device. Thus, the PC and the module


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a so-called local address, it will not be routed by any network device. Thus, the PC and the module must reside in the same subnet. The user may open a Telnet session using the default IP address and change the parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. He may then close the session, select the initialization mode Using Stored, power-on again and establish the TCP/IP connection using the new parameters. When the module is wired to the PC directly (e.g. using a cross-over cable


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the new parameters. When the module is wired to the PC directly (e.g. using a cross-over cable or a local hub), separated from the local area network, the user may simply keep the default parameters to establish the TCP/IP connection. $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 'HIDXOW 3DUDPHWHU NOTE Using the default address in your local area network may result in network problems. Take care and change it to a valid address immediately. Table 27 Using Default Parameters IP address: 192.168.254.11 Subnet Mask:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
address immediately. Table 27 Using Default Parameters IP address: 192.168.254.11 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway not specified NOTE In the Using Default mode, the parameters stored in the memory of the module are not cleared automatically. If not changed by the user, they are still available, when switching back to the mode Using Stored. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic Host Configuration


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) General Information (DHCP) The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an auto configuration protocol used on IP networks. The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN Interface or LAN Interface Card G1369C, and “B”-firmware (B.06.40 or above) or modules with "D"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. When the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
or modules with "D"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. When the initialization mode “DHCP” is selected, the card tries to download the parameters from a DHCP Server. The parameters obtained become the active parameters immediately. They are not stored to the non-volatile memory of the card. Besides requesting the network parameters, the card also submits its hostname to the DHCP Server. The hostname equals the MAC address of the card, e.g. 0030d3177321. It is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to the DHCP Server. The hostname equals the MAC address of the card, e.g. 0030d3177321. It is the DHCP server's responsibility to forward the hostname/address information to the Domain Name Server. The card does not offer any services for hostname resolution (e.g. NetBIOS). Figure 62 DHCP (Principle) '+&3 6HUYHU $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU NOTE 1 It may take some time until the DHCP server has updated the DNS server with the hostname information. 2 It may be necessary to fully qualify the hostname with


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DNS server with the hostname information. 2 It may be necessary to fully qualify the hostname with the DNS suffix, e.g. 0030d3177321.country.company.com. 3 The DHCP server may reject the hostname proposed by the card and assign a name following local naming conventions. 222 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Setup (DHCP) The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Setup (DHCP) The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN Interface or LAN Interface Card G1369C, and “B”-firmware (B.06.40 or above) or modules with "D"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. 1 Note the MAC address of the LAN interface (provided with G1369C LAN Interface Card or Main Board). This MAC address is on a label on the card or at the rear of the main board, e.g. 0030d3177321. On the Instant Pilot the MAC address can be


key: chroma:document
string_value:
or at the rear of the main board, e.g. 0030d3177321. On the Instant Pilot the MAC address can be found under Details in the LAN section. Figure 63 LAN Setting on Instant Pilot InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 2 Set the Configuration Switch to DHCP either on the G1369C LAN Interface Card or the main board of above mentioned modules. 3 Turn on the module that hosts the LAN interface. 4 Configure your Control


key: chroma:document
string_value:
mentioned modules. 3 Turn on the module that hosts the LAN interface. 4 Configure your Control Software (e.g. OpenLAB CDS ChemStation Edition, Lab Advisor, Firmware Update Tool) and use MAC address as host name, e.g. 0030d3177321. The LC system should become visible in the control software (see Note in section “General Information (DHCP)” on page 221). Table 28 G1369C LAN Interface Card (configuration switch on the card) S W 4S W 5S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF


key: chroma:document
string_value:
switch on the card) S W 4S W 5S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF OFF OFF DHCP Table 29 LC Modules with 8-bit configuration switch (B-firmware) (configuration switch at rear of the instrument) S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF DHCP 224 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration Manual Configuration Manual configuration only alters the set of parameters stored in the non-volatile memory


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual configuration only alters the set of parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. It never affects the currently active parameters. Therefore, manual configuration can be done at any time. A power cycle is mandatory to make the stored parameters become the active parameters, given that the initialization mode selection switches are allowing it. Figure 64 Manual Configuration (Principle) 7(/1(7 6HVVLRQ &RQWURO 0RGXOH 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU 1RQ9RODWLOH 5$0 InfinityLab LC Series


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(Principle) 7(/1(7 6HVVLRQ &RQWURO 0RGXOH 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU 1RQ9RODWLOH 5$0 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration With Telnet Whenever a TCP/IP connection to the module is possible (TCP/IP parameters set by any method), the parameters may be altered by opening a Telnet session. 1 Open the system (DOS) prompt window by clicking on Windows START button and select “Run...”. Type “cmd” and press OK. 2 Type the following at the system (DOS)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
START button and select “Run...”. Type “cmd” and press OK. 2 Type the following at the system (DOS) prompt:  c:\>telnet <IP address> or  c:\>telnet <host name> Figure 65 Telnet - Starting a session where <IP address> may be the assigned address from a Bootp cycle, a configuration session with the Handheld Controller, or the default IP address (see “Configuration Switches” on page 218). When the connection was established successfully, the module responds with the following: Figure 66 A


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the connection was established successfully, the module responds with the following: Figure 66 A connection to the module is made 3 Type ? and press enter to see the available commands. Figure 67 Telnet Commands 226 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 4 To change a parameter follows the style:  parameter value, for example: ip 134.40.28.56 Then press [Enter], where parameter refers to the configuration parameter you are defining,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Then press [Enter], where parameter refers to the configuration parameter you are defining, and value refers to the definitions you are assigning to that parameter. Each parameter entry is followed by a carriage return. 5 Use the “/” and press Enter to list the current settings. Table 30 Telnet Commands Value Description ? displays syntax and descriptions of commands / displays current LAN settings ip <x.x.x.x> sets new ip address sm <x.x.x.x> sets new subnet mask gw <x.x.x.x> sets new default


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ip <x.x.x.x> sets new ip address sm <x.x.x.x> sets new subnet mask gw <x.x.x.x> sets new default gateway exit exits shell and saves all changes Figure 68 Telnet - Current settings in "Using Stored" mode information about the LAN interface MAC address, initialization mode Initialization mode is Using Stored active TCP/IP settings TCP/IP status - here ready connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 6 Change the IP address (in this example 192.168.254.12) and type “/” to list current settings. 7 When you have finished typing the configuration parameters, type exit and press Enter to exit with storing parameters. Figure 70 Closing the Telnet Session Figure 69 Telnet - Change IP settings change of IP setting to Initialization mode is Using Stored


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Figure 69 Telnet - Change IP settings change of IP setting to Initialization mode is Using Stored active TCP/IP settings stored TCP/IP settings in non-volatile memory connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected NOTE If the Initialization Mode Switch is changed now to “Using Stored” mode, the instrument will take the stored settings when the module is re-booted. In the example above it would be 192.168.254.12. 228 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array


key: chroma:document
string_value:
re-booted. In the example above it would be 192.168.254.12. 228 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration With the Instant Pilot (G4208A) To configure the TCP/IP parameters before connecting the module to the network, the Instant Pilot (G4208A) can be used. 1 From the Welcome screen press the More button. 2 Select Configure. 3 Press the DAD button. 4 Scroll down to the LAN settings. Figure 71 Instant Pilot - LAN Configuration (Edit mode)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
button. 4 Scroll down to the LAN settings. Figure 71 Instant Pilot - LAN Configuration (Edit mode) 5 Press the Edit button (only visible if not in Edit mode), perform the required changes and press the Done button. 6 Leave the screen by clicking Exit.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Instrument and Operation Instrument and Operation Introduction to the Pump The binary pump comprises two identical pumps integrated into one housing. Binary gradients are created by high-pressure mixing. A built-in degasser is available for applications that require best flow stability, especially at low flow rates, for maximum detector sensitivity. Pulse damper and mixer can be bypassed for low flowrate


key: chroma:document
string_value:
rates, for maximum detector sensitivity. Pulse damper and mixer can be bypassed for low flowrate applications or whenever a minimal transient volume is desirable. Typical applications are high throughput methods with fast gradients on high resolution 2.1 mm columns. The pump is capable of delivering flow in the range of 0.1 – 5 mL/min against up to 600 bar. A solvent selection valve (optional) allows to form binary mixtures (isocratic or gradient) from one of two solvents per channel. Active


key: chroma:document
string_value:
allows to form binary mixtures (isocratic or gradient) from one of two solvents per channel. Active seal wash (optional) is available for use with concentrated buffer solutions. Figure 1 Overview of the binary pump InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Instrument and Operation Principle of Operation The binary pump is based on a two-channel, dual-piston in-series design which comprises all essential functions that a solvent delivery system has to fulfill.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
design which comprises all essential functions that a solvent delivery system has to fulfill. Metering of solvent and delivery to the high-pressure side are performed by two pump assemblies which can generate pressure up to 600 bar. Each channel comprises a pump assembly including pump drive, pump head, active inlet valve with replaceable cartridge, and outlet valve. The two channels are fed into a low-volume mixing chamber which is connected via a restriction capillary coil to a damping unit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a low-volume mixing chamber which is connected via a restriction capillary coil to a damping unit and a mixer. A pressure sensor monitors the pump pressure. A purge valve with integrated PTFE frit is fitted to the pump outlet for convenient priming of the pumping system. 12 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Instrument and Operation Figure 2 The hydraulic path of the Binary Pump with damper and mixer Damper and mixer can be bypassed for lowest delay


key: chroma:document
string_value:
path of the Binary Pump with damper and mixer Damper and mixer can be bypassed for lowest delay volume of the binary pump. This configuration is recommended for low flow rate applications with steep gradients. Figure 3 on page 13 illustrates the flow path in low delay volume mode. For instructions on how to change between the two configurations, see “Convert the Binary Pump to Low Delay Volume Mode” on page 64. SSV Seal wash pump Pump head A Pump head B Damper Mixer Pressure sensor Mixing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Mode” on page 64. SSV Seal wash pump Pump head A Pump head B Damper Mixer Pressure sensor Mixing chamber Inlet valve Inlet valve Outlet valve Outlet valve Purge valve to waste NOTE Bypassing the mixer while the damper remains in line is not a supported configuration and may lead to undesired behavior of the binary pump. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Instrument and Operation Figure 3 The hydraulic path of the Binary Pump with bypassed damper and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Instrument and Operation Figure 3 The hydraulic path of the Binary Pump with bypassed damper and mixer For pump specifications, see “Performance Specifications” on page 30. SSV Seal wash pump Pump head A Pump head B Damper Mixer Pressure sensor Mixing chamber Inlet valve Inlet valve Outlet valve Outlet valve Purge valve to waste 14 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Instrument and Operation Product Description The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Introduction Instrument and Operation Product Description The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump is suited for LC applications using conventional or superficially porous particles columns, as well as STM column technology. Gradient formation is based on a high-pressure mixing principle. Standard or low delay volumes can be easily configured by the user. The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump offers reproducible gradients and high-performance, providing high-throughput and fast separations.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
offers reproducible gradients and high-performance, providing high-throughput and fast separations. The pump is suitable for routine applications, with UV or MS detection, where high speed and resolution with uncompromised data quality are required. Figure 4 Overview of the pump Features  Configurable delay volume - down to 120 μL together with a flow range up to 5 mL/min provides universal applicability.  Change from standard to low delay volume configuration is enabled.  High gradient


key: chroma:document
string_value:
applicability.  Change from standard to low delay volume configuration is enabled.  High gradient performance - even at low % B and narrow-bore flow rates.  Integrated 2-channel-degasser.  Fast and precise gradients using LC/MS, as well as UV-only systems.  Fully exploits the speed and separation potential of Poroshell. Status indicator Active seal wash Purge valve Degasser Pump head A Pump head B Leak drain Power switch InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump head B Leak drain Power switch InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path Overview of the Hydraulic Path The solvent from the bottle in the solvent cabinet enters the pump through an active inlet valve. Each side of the binary pump comprises two substantially identical pump units. Both pump units comprise a ball-screw drive and a pump head with two sapphire pistons for reciprocating movement. Figure 5 Pump head 2XWOHW YDOYH


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a pump head with two sapphire pistons for reciprocating movement. Figure 5 Pump head 2XWOHW YDOYH ,QOHW YDOYH )URPVROYHQWERWWOH 7RPL[LQJFKDPEHU 6HDO 3LVWRQ %DOOVFUHZGULYH 0RWRUZLWKHQFRGHU *HDU 16 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path A servo-controlled variable reluctance motor drives the two ball-screw drives in opposite directions. The gears for the ball-screw drives have different circumferences (ratio 2:1)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
opposite directions. The gears for the ball-screw drives have different circumferences (ratio 2:1) allowing the first piston to move at double the speed of the second piston. The solvent enters the pump heads close to the bottom limit and leaves it at its top. The outer diameter of the piston is smaller than the inner diameter of the pump-head chamber allowing the solvent to fill the gap in between. The first piston has a stroke volume in the range of 20 μL to 100 μL depending on the flow rate.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The first piston has a stroke volume in the range of 20 μL to 100 μL depending on the flow rate. The microprocessor controls all flow rates in a range of 1 μL/min to 5 mL/min. The inlet of the first pumping unit is connected to the active inlet valve which is processor-controlled opened or closed allowing solvent to be drawn into the first pump unit. The outlet of the first pump chamber is connected by a 500 μL absorber capillary to the second pump chamber. The outlets of the second chambers of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by a 500 μL absorber capillary to the second pump chamber. The outlets of the second chambers of both pump channels joined via a small mixing chamber. A coiled restriction capillary connects the mixing chamber via a pressure pulse damper, a mixer and a pressure sensor to the purge valve assembly. The outlet of the purge valve assembly is then connected to the attached chromatographic system. When turned on, the pump runs through an initialization procedure to determine the upper dead center of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
turned on, the pump runs through an initialization procedure to determine the upper dead center of the first piston of both pump channels. The first piston moves slowly upwards to the mechanical stop of the pump head and from there it moves back a predetermined path length. The controller stores this piston position in memory. After this initialization the pump starts operation with the set parameters for the two pump channels. The active inlet valve is opened and the down moving piston draws


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for the two pump channels. The active inlet valve is opened and the down moving piston draws solvent into the first pump head. At the same time the second piston is moving upwards delivering into the system. After a controller defined stroke length (depending on the flow rate) the drive motors are stopped and the active inlet valve is closed. The motor direction is reversed and moves the first piston up until it reaches the stored upper limit and at the same time moving the second piston


key: chroma:document
string_value:
piston up until it reaches the stored upper limit and at the same time moving the second piston downwards. Then the sequence starts again moving the pistons up and down between the two limits. During the delivery stroke of the first piston the solvent in the pump head is pressed through the outlet valve into the second pumping unit. The second piston draws in half of the volume displaced by the first piston and the remaining half volume is directly delivered into the system. During the drawing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
piston and the remaining half volume is directly delivered into the system. During the drawing stroke of the first piston, the second piston delivers the drawn volume into the system. For pump specifications, see “Performance Specifications” on page 30. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path What is Pump Elasticity Compensation? The flow path of the pump consists of pump chambers, sapphire pistons, polymer seals, stainless


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The flow path of the pump consists of pump chambers, sapphire pistons, polymer seals, stainless steel tubing of different dimension, pressure sensor, and so forth. All of these parts deform when pressurized. The sum of this deformation is called pump elasticity. Let us look at a practical example: Piston 1 draws solvent at ambient pressure. The movement direction is reversed and the piston 1 now compresses the solvent until the operating pressure of the HPLC system is reached. The outlet valve


key: chroma:document
string_value:
compresses the solvent until the operating pressure of the HPLC system is reached. The outlet valve opens, and solvent is pumped by piston 1 into pump chamber 2. Due to two factors, the solvent volume that is delivered into the system at high pressure is smaller than it is supposed to be: 1 The solvent is compressible 2 The pump has a certain elasticity which causes its internal volume to increase with pressure. In order to compensate for these two influences, their contributions must be known.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with pressure. In order to compensate for these two influences, their contributions must be known. An elasticity calibration allows separating pump properties from solvent properties and therefore allows transferring solvent properties, which have been obtained from one pump to another pump with different elasticity. Elasticity calibration is done with a solvent, which properties (compressibility, thermal expansion) are well-known and documented: pure water. When pumping water and using its


key: chroma:document
string_value:
thermal expansion) are well-known and documented: pure water. When pumping water and using its property data for controlling the pump, any deviations from the theoretical pressure profile during solvent recompression are caused by the elasticity of the pump. The Pump Elasticity Calibration calculates correction factors to compensate for the individual elasticity of the pump that is being calibrated. The elasticity is different for every pump and may change with the replacement of parts in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The elasticity is different for every pump and may change with the replacement of parts in the flow path, e.g. pump seals. All binary pumps are elasticity calibrated at the factory and require recalibration only after preventive maintenance or major repairs to the flow path. Replacement of capillaries or PTFE frits are not considered as a major repair. CAUTION Incorrect pump elasticity calibration. Solvent compressibility calibrations acquired with a miscalibrated pump will work, but they are


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Solvent compressibility calibrations acquired with a miscalibrated pump will work, but they are not transferable to other pumps. A correct pump elasticity calibration is an essential prerequisite for successful solvent compressibility calibrations. ➔ Calibrate the pump elasticity correctly. 18 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path What is Solvent Compressibility Compensation? Although the compressibility of liquids is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Path What is Solvent Compressibility Compensation? Although the compressibility of liquids is orders of magnitude lower than the compressibility of gases, without correction a noticeable volume error would be seen if typical chromatographic solvents are compressed to operating pressures as high as 600 bar. In addition, the compressibility depends on pressure, temperature and the amount of dissolved gas. In order to minimize the influence of the latter, the use of a vacuum degasser is mandatory


key: chroma:document
string_value:
gas. In order to minimize the influence of the latter, the use of a vacuum degasser is mandatory for a high flow and composition precision. Unfortunately, the influence of the temperature on compressibility is non-linear and cannot be calculated. The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump features a multi point compressibility calibration. The compressibility of a solvent is determined at different pressures from 0 – 600 bar and stored in an XML file. This file can be distributed to other pumps


key: chroma:document
string_value:
pressures from 0 – 600 bar and stored in an XML file. This file can be distributed to other pumps because the solvent compressibility is independent from the pump. The binary pump and ChemStation come with predetermined solvent compressibility data for the most common HPLC solvents like water, acetonitrile, methanol, etc. Users can calibrate their own solvent mixtures with the help of an easy to use calibration procedure in the Agilent Lab Advisor software. Let us use the practical example from


key: chroma:document
string_value:
calibration procedure in the Agilent Lab Advisor software. Let us use the practical example from the last section once again to understand how compressibility compensation works: Piston 1 draws solvent at ambient pressure. The movement direction is reversed and piston 1 now compresses the solvent until the operating pressure of the HPLC system is reached. The outlet valve opens, and solvent is pumped by piston 1 into pump chamber 2. Without any compensation, the delivered volume at operating


key: chroma:document
string_value:
pumped by piston 1 into pump chamber 2. Without any compensation, the delivered volume at operating pressure would be too low. In addition, it would take a noticeable amount of time to recompress the solvent to operating pressure. During this time frame, no solvent would be delivered into the system and as a result a high pressure fluctuation (known as pressure ripple) would be observed. When both solvent compressibility at the current operating pressure and pump elasticity are known, the pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solvent compressibility at the current operating pressure and pump elasticity are known, the pump can automatically correct for the missing volume by drawing the appropriate larger solvent volume at ambient pressure and speed up the piston during the recompression phase in the first pump chamber. As a result, the pump delivers the accurate volume with any (calibrated) solvent at any pressure at a greatly reduced pressure ripple. For InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual


key: chroma:document
string_value:
greatly reduced pressure ripple. For InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path applications that require lowest transition volume of the pump, damper and mixer can be bypassed. For compatibility with older methods from G1312A Binary Pumps, the previous one- point compressibility compensation is available, too. However, since the compressibility is a non-linear function, one single compressibility value per solvent will only give


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is a non-linear function, one single compressibility value per solvent will only give good results at one particular pressure How Does Variable Stroke Volume Work? The smaller the solvent volume in the pump chamber is, the faster it can be recompressed to operating pressure. The binary pump allows to manually or automatically adjust the pump stroke volume of the first piston in the range of 20 – 100 μL. Due to the compression of the solvent volume in the first pump chamber, each piston stroke


key: chroma:document
string_value:
100 μL. Due to the compression of the solvent volume in the first pump chamber, each piston stroke of the pump will generate a small pressure pulsation, influencing the flow rippl e of the pump. The amplitude of the pressure pulsation mainly depends on the stroke volume and the compressibility compensation for the solvent in use. Small stroke volumes generate less pressure pulsation than larger stroke volumes at the same flow rate. In addition, the frequency of the pressure pulsation will be


key: chroma:document
string_value:
stroke volumes at the same flow rate. In addition, the frequency of the pressure pulsation will be higher. This will decrease the influence of flow pulsations on retention times. In gradient mode, a smaller stroke volume results in less flow ripple and reduces the composition ripple. The binary pump uses a processor-controlled ball screw system for driving its pistons. The normal stroke volume is optimized for the selected flow rate. Small flow rates use a small stroke volume while higher flow


key: chroma:document
string_value:
optimized for the selected flow rate. Small flow rates use a small stroke volume while higher flow rates use a higher stroke volume. The stroke volume for the pump is by default set to AUTO mode. This means that the stroke is optimized for the flow rate in use. A change to larger stroke volumes is possible but not recommended. 20 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling The Agilent InfinityLab LC Series has


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Introduction Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling The Agilent InfinityLab LC Series has been designed for safe leak and waste handling. It is important that all security concepts are understood and instructions are carefully followed. The solvent cabinet is designed to store a maximum volume of 8 L solvent. The maximum volume for an individual bottle stored in the solvent cabinet should not exceed 2 L. For details, see the usage guideline for the Agilent 1200 Infinity Series Solvent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
not exceed 2 L. For details, see the usage guideline for the Agilent 1200 Infinity Series Solvent Cabinets (a printed copy of the guideline has been shipped with the solvent cabinet, electronic copies are available on the Internet). All leak plane outlets are situated in a consistent position so that all Infinity and Infinity II modules can be stacked on top of each other. Waste tubes are guided through a channel on the right hand side of the instrument, keeping the front access clear from


key: chroma:document
string_value:
through a channel on the right hand side of the instrument, keeping the front access clear from tubes. The leak plane provides leak management by catching all internal liquid leaks, guiding them to the leak sensor for leak detection, and passing them on to the next module below, if the leak sensor fails. The leak sensor in the leak plane stops the running system as soon as the leak detection level is reached. Solvent and condensate is guided through the waste channel into the waste container: 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is reached. Solvent and condensate is guided through the waste channel into the waste container:  from the detector's flow cell outlet  from the Multisampler needle wash port  from the Sample Cooler (condensate)  from the Seal Wash Sensor  from the pump's Purge Valve or Multipurpose Valve InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Leak and Waste Handling Figure 6 Infinity II Leak Waste Concept (flexible rack installation) 22 InfinityLab LC Series 1260


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Figure 6 Infinity II Leak Waste Concept (flexible rack installation) 22 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Leak and Waste Handling Figure 7 Infinity II Single Stack Leak Waste Concept (bench installation) InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Leak and Waste Handling Figure 8 Infinity II Two Stack Leak Waste Concept (bench installation) The waste tube connected to the leak pan outlet on each of the bottom


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Concept (bench installation) The waste tube connected to the leak pan outlet on each of the bottom instruments guides the solvent to a suitable waste container. 24 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept 1 Agilent recommends using the 6 L waste can with 1 Stay Safe cap GL45 with 4 ports (5043-1221) for optimal and safe waste disposal. If you decide to use your own waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse


key: chroma:document
string_value:
disposal. If you decide to use your own waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse in the liquid. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Using the Pump Magnets Turn on/off Status Indicators Best Practices Daily / Weekly tasks Power up / Shut-down the pump Prepare the pump How to deal with solvents Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept Hints for Successful Use of the Binary Pump Setting up the Pump with the G4208A Instant Pilot Setting up


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for Successful Use of the Binary Pump Setting up the Pump with the G4208A Instant Pilot Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Overview Setup of Basic Pump Parameters Pump Control Auxiliary Pump Parameters Data Curves Bottle Filling Solvent Information Algae Growth in HPLC Systems How to Prevent and/or Reduce the Algae Problem Prevent Blocking of Solvent Filters Checking the Solvent Filters Cleaning the Solvent Filters Normal Phase Applications This chapter explains the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Solvent Filters Cleaning the Solvent Filters Normal Phase Applications This chapter explains the operational parameters of the Binary Pump. 34 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Magnets Magnets 1 This stack exemplarily shows the magnets' positions in the modules. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Turn on/off Turn on/off Power switch (1) On (2) Off 36 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Turn on/off Power switch (1) On (2) Off 36 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Status Indicators Status Indicators 1 The module status indicator indicates one of six possible module conditions: Status indicators 1. Idle 2. Run mode 3. Not-ready. Waiting for a specific pre-run condition to be reached or completed. 4. Error mode - interrupts the analysis and requires attention (for example a leak or defective internal components). 5. Resident mode


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and requires attention (for example a leak or defective internal components). 5. Resident mode (blinking) - for example during update of main firmware. 6. Bootloader mode (fast blinking). Try to re-boot the module or try a cold-start. Then try a firmware update. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Best Practices Best Practices Daily / Weekly tasks Daily tasks  Replace mobile phase based on water/buffer.  Replace organic mobile phase latest every


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tasks  Replace mobile phase based on water/buffer.  Replace organic mobile phase latest every second day.  Check seal wash solvent. Weekly tasks  Change seal wash solvent (10 % / 90 % isopropanol/water) and bottle.  Flush all channels with water at 2.5 – 3 mL/min for 5 min to remove salt deposits if buffer applications were used.  Inspect solvent filters for dirt or blockages. Clean or exchange if no flow is coming out of the solvent line when removed from the degasser inlet. Power up /


key: chroma:document
string_value:
if no flow is coming out of the solvent line when removed from the degasser inlet. Power up / Shut-down the pump Power up the pump  Use new or different mobile phase (as required).  Purge pump heads with 2.5 – 3 mL/min for 5 min.  Stabilize the system by running for 10 – 20 min. Long-term shut-down of the system  Flush system with water to remove buffer.  Remove all samples from the sampler and store according to good laboratory practice.  Use recommended solvents to store the system. 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and store according to good laboratory practice.  Use recommended solvents to store the system.  Power off the system. 38 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Best Practices Prepare the pump Purge Use the Purge function to:  fill the pump,  exchange a solvent,  remove air bubbles in tubes and pump heads. Seal wash Seal Wash guarantees a maximum seal life time. Use Seal Wash:  When using buffers with elevated salt concentrations  When using


key: chroma:document
string_value:
seal life time. Use Seal Wash:  When using buffers with elevated salt concentrations  When using volatile solvents with non-volatile additives How to deal with solvents  Use clean bottles only.  Exchange water-based solvents daily.  Select solvent volume to be used up within 1 – 2 days.  Use only HPLC-grade solvents and water filtered through 0.2 μm filters.  Label bottles correctly with bottle content, and filling date / expiry date.  Use solvent inlet filters.  Reduce risk of algae


key: chroma:document
string_value:
bottle content, and filling date / expiry date.  Use solvent inlet filters.  Reduce risk of algae growth: use brown bottles for aqueous solvents, avoid direct sunlight. CAUTION Contaminated seal wash solvent ➔ Do not recycle seal wash solvent to avoid contamination. ➔ Weekly exchange seal wash solvent. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling For details on correct installation, see separate installation


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Handling Leak and Waste Handling For details on correct installation, see separate installation documentation. WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ Do not use solvents with an auto-ignition temperature below 200 °C (392 °F). Do not use solvents with a boiling point below 56 °C (133 °F). ➔ Avoid high vapor concentrations. Always keep the temperature in the sample compartment at least 25 K below the boiling point of the solvent used. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. ➔ Reduce the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
point of the solvent used. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. ➔ Reduce the volume of substances to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Never exceed the maximum permissible volume of solvents (8 L) in the solvent cabinet. Do not use bottles that exceed the maximum permissible volume as specified in the usage guideline for solvent cabinet. ➔ Ground the waste container. ➔ Regularly check the filling level of the waste container. The residual free volume in the waste


key: chroma:document
string_value:
➔ Regularly check the filling level of the waste container. The residual free volume in the waste container must be large enough to collect the waste liquid. ➔ To achieve maximal safety, regularly check the tubing for correct installation. NOTE For details, see the usage guideline for the solvent cabinet. A printed copy of the guideline has been shipped with the solvent cabinet, electronic copies are available in the Agilent Information Center or via the Internet. 40 InfinityLab LC Series 1260


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are available in the Agilent Information Center or via the Internet. 40 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept 1 Agilent recommends using the 6 L waste can with 1 Stay Safe cap GL45 with 4 ports (5043-1221) for optimal and safe waste disposal. If you decide to use your own waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse in the liquid. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
immerse in the liquid. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Hints for Successful Use of the Binary Pump Hints for Successful Use of the Binary Pump  Place solvent cabinet with the solvent bottles always on top (or at a higher level) of the pump.  Flush the degasser with at least 5 mL per channel before operating the pump, especially when the pumping system had been turned off for a certain length of time (for example, overnight) and volatile solvent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
had been turned off for a certain length of time (for example, overnight) and volatile solvent mixtures are used in the channels.  Prevent blocking of solvent inlet filters (never use the pump without solvent inlet filters). Growth of algae should be avoided (see “Prevent Blocking of Solvent Filters” on page 55).  Check purge valve frit and column frit in regular time intervals. A blocked purge valve frit can be identified by black, yellow or greenish layers on its surface or by a pressure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
valve frit can be identified by black, yellow or greenish layers on its surface or by a pressure greater than 10 bar in low delay volume configuration and 20 bar in standard configuration when pumping distilled water at a rate of 5 mL/min with an open purge valve.  Whenever possible use a minimum flow rate of 5 μL/min per solvent channel to avoid crossflow of solvent into the unused pump channel.  Whenever exchanging the pump seals, the purge valve frit should be exchanged, too.  When using


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 Whenever exchanging the pump seals, the purge valve frit should be exchanged, too.  When using buffer solutions, flush the system with water before switching it off. The seal wash option should be used when installed, especially when buffer solutions with concentrations of 0.1 M or higher are being pumped for long periods of time.  Check the pump pistons for scratches, grooves and dents when changing the piston seals. Damaged pistons cause micro leaks and will decrease the lifetime of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
changing the piston seals. Damaged pistons cause micro leaks and will decrease the lifetime of the seals.  After changing the piston seals, apply the seal wear-in procedure (see “Seal Wear-in Procedure” on page 139).  Place the aqueous solvent on channel A and the organic solvent on channel B. The default compressibility settings are set accordingly. 42 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the G4208A Instant Pilot Setting up


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the G4208A Instant Pilot Setting up the Pump with the G4208A Instant Pilot Generic operation of the G4208A Instant Pilot is covered in the Agilent Instant Pilot G4208A User's Guide (G4208-90006). Details about setting up module specific parameters can be found in the Instant Pilot online help. The pump parameters are described in detail in “Overview” on page 43. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in “Overview” on page 43. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Overview Parameters described in following sections is offered by the instrument control interface and can usually be accessed through Agilent instrument control software. For details, please refer to manuals and online help of respective user interfaces. 44 InfinityLab LC


key: chroma:document
string_value:
details, please refer to manuals and online help of respective user interfaces. 44 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Setup of Basic Pump Parameters The most important parameters of the pump are listed in Table 3 on page 44. Table 3 Basic pump parameters Parameter Limits Description F l o w 0.001 – 5 mL/min Total flow rate of the pump. See “When to Remove Damper and Mixer” on page 63 for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0.001 – 5 mL/min Total flow rate of the pump. See “When to Remove Damper and Mixer” on page 63 for pump hardware modifications to achieve lowest delay volume. S t o p T i m e 0.01 min - no limit The stop time of the pump usua lly controls the run time of the whole LC system. Use no limit to stop the run manually (useful for method development). P o s t T i m e off - 99999 min Time between the end of a run and the start of the next. Used for column equilibration after a gradient.  Pressure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
end of a run and the start of the next. Used for column equilibration after a gradient.  Pressure Limits Max: 0 – 600 bar Min: 0 – 600 bar Max must be bigger than Min! Set max pressure to the maximum operating pressure of your column. A min pressure setting of e.g. 10 bar will turn off your pump automatically when running out of solvent. A smarter way, however, is to use the bottle fillings function (see “Bottle Filling” on page 47). S o l v e n t A 0 – 100 % Although channe l A can be set to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(see “Bottle Filling” on page 47). S o l v e n t A 0 – 100 % Although channe l A can be set to 0 %, it cannot be turned off. This channel should be used for the aqueous phase (water). S o l v e n t B off - 100 % The percentage of channel B is au tomatically complemented by channel A to give 100 %.  Solvent type H2O, ACN, MeOH, IPA Select the solvent you are usin g in the respective solvent channel from the drop-down list. In case your solvent is not listed, perform a solvent compressibility


key: chroma:document
string_value:
from the drop-down list. In case your solvent is not listed, perform a solvent compressibility calibration (see “Running the Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 106). For details on solvent compressibility see “Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 105.  Solvent Comment Free text field for a description of the solvent. This description will show up in method printouts, etc. T i m e t a b l e max. number of lines depends on free space in pump memory Use the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
etc. T i m e t a b l e max. number of lines depends on free space in pump memory Use the timetable to build solvent gradients, flow gradients, or combinations of both. Gradients are always linear. Use multiple timetable entries to mimic exponential or parabolic gradients. D i s p l a y There are three ways to display the timetable:  in tabular form  as flow/pressure graph  as solvent percentage plot Values can only be changed in tabular view. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary


key: chroma:document
string_value:
plot Values can only be changed in tabular view. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Pump Control The pump can be switched between following states: On, Off or to Standby. In Standby, the pump motor is still controlled. When the pump is switched on from standby, it does not re-initialize. The optional seal wash pump can be controlled by either switching it off, using it for a single time or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
optional seal wash pump can be controlled by either switching it off, using it for a single time or specifying frequency and duration of periodic wash intervals. Auxiliary Pump Parameters The auxiliary pump parameters are pre-set to fit most applications. Adjustments should only be made when required. Table 4 on page 46 shows the available auxiliary parameters with their default values. CAUTION Upon initialization, the pump ignores the Maximum Flow Gradient value. This can result in a rapid and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
initialization, the pump ignores the Maximum Flow Gradient value. This can result in a rapid and uncontrolled pressure increase. ➔ To prevent harm to the column, open the purge valve until the initialization is finished. CAUTION Upon initialization, the pump ignores the Maximum Flow Gradient value. This can result in a rapid and uncontrolled pressure increase. ➔ To prevent harm to the column, open the purge valve until the initialization is finished. 46 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the purge valve until the initialization is finished. 46 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Data Curves The binary pump provides the possibility to store the following operational data in the data file of the Agilent data system:  Solvent percentage for each channel,  pump flow,  pressure For details, please refer to the online help or manual of your instrument control software. Table 4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
For details, please refer to the online help or manual of your instrument control software. Table 4 Auxiliary pump parameters Parameter Limits Description  Maximum Flow Gradient 0.1 – 100 mL/min² default: 100 mL/min² With this parameter flow rate changes can be ramped up and down slowly to avoid pressure shocks to the column. The default value is 100 mL/min² which in fact turns the function off. M i n i m u m Stroke 20 – 100 µL default: Auto The volume one pump piston delivers per stroke. In


key: chroma:document
string_value:
M i n i m u m Stroke 20 – 100 µL default: Auto The volume one pump piston delivers per stroke. In general, a smaller stroke volume results in lower pump ripple. The Auto setting adjusts the strokes dynamically to the lowest possible value. The strokes can be set individually for pump heads A and B.  Compressibility 0 - 150·10 -6 /bar bar or enhanced compressibility calibration default: use enhanced comp. calibration For best performance, check option Use enhanced compressibility calibration.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
comp. calibration For best performance, check option Use enhanced compressibility calibration. With this option, the pump will use solvent data libraries provided by Agilent or data generated by using solvent compressibility calibrations (see “Running the Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 106). For details on solvent compressibility see “Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 105. For backward compatibility to 400 bar pumps, the solvent compressibility can still be


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on page 105. For backward compatibility to 400 bar pumps, the solvent compressibility can still be set manually for each channel when the box is unticked. NOTE The pressure data curve is generated from the pressure sensor readings, while %A, %B and flow are calculated from the method settings of the pump. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Setting up the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Bottle Filling The pump offers a powerful feature to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Pump with the Instrument Control Interface Bottle Filling The pump offers a powerful feature to monitor the liquid level in the solvent bottles. With total bottle volume and initial filling volume set correctly, the pump subtracts the consumed volume continuously from the initial value and stops the pump and method/sequence execution before the system runs dry or an analysis is corrupted. Table 5 on page 47 lists the available bottle filling parameters. CAUTION The bottle filling feature


key: chroma:document
string_value:
5 on page 47 lists the available bottle filling parameters. CAUTION The bottle filling feature fails if multiple solvent inlets are put into one solvent bottle! ➔ In that case implement a minimum pressure limit to avoid that the pump runs dry when solvents are empty. Table 5 Bottle Filling Parameters Parameter Limits Description T o t a l Volume 0 – 1000 L default: 0 L This is the capacity (maximum possible volume) in liter of the solvent bottle. In combination with the actual volume, this


key: chroma:document
string_value:
possible volume) in liter of the solvent bottle. In combination with the actual volume, this parameter is used for calculating and displaying the relative liquid level. A c t u a l Volume 0 – 1000 L default: 0 L After filling the solvent bottles, enter the actual volumes into these boxes. The Actual Volume must not be larger than the Total Volume of the bottle. P r e v e n t analysis....... default: unchecked If this option is checked, the pump won’t start a new run if the solvent level in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
unchecked If this option is checked, the pump won’t start a new run if the solvent level in one or more bottles is below the minimum volume. Enter a minimum volume in liter, which considers the position of the solvent inlet and size/shape of the solvent bottle such that no air is drawn if the actual volume gets close to this limit.  Turn pump off... default: unchecked If this option is checked, the pump will turn off before air is aspirated. However, the residual solvent volume has been


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the pump will turn off before air is aspirated. However, the residual solvent volume has been calculated for 1 L solvent bottles and may be too small for large bottles or other vessels. 48 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Solvent Information Solvent Information Observe the following recommendations on the use of solvents.  Follow recommendations for avoiding the growth of algae, see “Algae Growth in HPLC Systems” on page  Small particles can


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for avoiding the growth of algae, see “Algae Growth in HPLC Systems” on page  Small particles can permanently block capillaries and valves. Therefore, always filter solvents through 0.22 μm filters.  Avoid or minimize the use of solvents that may corrode parts in the flow path. Consider specifications for the pH range given for different materials like flow cells, valve materials etc. and recommendations in subsequent sections. Materials in Flow Path Following materials are used in the flow


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in subsequent sections. Materials in Flow Path Following materials are used in the flow path of this module: Table 6 Materials in flow path Part Materials Degasser chamber TFE/PDD Copolymer, PFA (internal tubings), PEEK (inlets), FEP (tubings), ETFE (fittings) SSV PEEK, FFKM Active inlet valve SST, sapp hire, ruby, ceramic, PTFE Outlet valve SST, gold, ruby, ZrO 2-based ceramic, tantalum Adapter SST, gold Pump head (body) SST Pistons Sapphire Piston seals/wash seals PTFE, SST (reverse d phase)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SST, gold Pump head (body) SST Pistons Sapphire Piston seals/wash seals PTFE, SST (reverse d phase) or UHMW-PE, SST (normal phase) Pressure sensor SST Purge valve SST, gold, PTFE, ceramic Damping unit SST, gold Capillaries/fittings SST Tubings PTFE InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Solvent Information Material Information Materials in the flow path are carefully selected based on Agilent’s experiences in developing highest quality instruments for HPLC


key: chroma:document
string_value:
selected based on Agilent’s experiences in developing highest quality instruments for HPLC analysis over several decades. These materials exhibit excellent robustness under typical HPLC conditions. For any special condition, please consult the material information section or contact Agilent. Disclaimer Subsequent data were collected from external resources and are meant as a reference. Agilent cannot guarantee the correctness and completeness of such information. Data is based on compatibility


key: chroma:document
string_value:
guarantee the correctness and completeness of such information. Data is based on compatibility libraries, which are not specific for estimating the long-term life time under specific but highly variable conditions of UHPLC systems, solvents, solvent mixtures and samples. Information can also not be generalized due to catalytic effects of impurities like metal ions, complexing agents, oxygen etc. Apart from pure chemical corrosion, other effects like electro corrosion, electrostatic charging


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Apart from pure chemical corrosion, other effects like electro corrosion, electrostatic charging (especially for non-conductive organic solvents), swelling of polymer parts etc. need to be considered. Most data available refers to room temperature (typically 20 – 25 °C, 68 – 77 °F). If corrosion is possible, it usually accelerates at higher temperatures. If in doubt, please consult technical literature on chemical compatibility of materials. PEEK PEEK (Polyether-Ether Ketones) combines


key: chroma:document
string_value:
literature on chemical compatibility of materials. PEEK PEEK (Polyether-Ether Ketones) combines excellent properties regarding biocompatibility, chemical resistance, mechanical and thermal stability. PEEK is therefore the material of choice for UHPLC and biochemical instrumentation. It is stable in the specified pH range (for the Bio-inert LC system: pH 1 – 13, see bio-inert module manuals for details), and inert to many common solvents. There is still a number of known incompatibilities with


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and inert to many common solvents. There is still a number of known incompatibilities with chemicals such as chloroform, methylene chloride, THF, DMSO, strong acids (nitric acid > 10 %, sulphuric acid > 10 %, sulfonic acids, trichloroacetic acid), halogenes or aequous halogene solutions, phenol and derivatives (cresols, salicylic acid etc.). When used above room temperature, PEEK is sensitive to bases and various organic solvents, which can cause it to swell. Under such conditions normal 50


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to bases and various organic solvents, which can cause it to swell. Under such conditions normal 50 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Solvent Information PEEK capillaries are very sensitive to high pressure. Therefore Agilent uses stainless-steel cladded PEEK capillaries in bio-inert systems. The use of stainless steel cladded PEEK capillaries keeps the flow path free of steel and ensures pressure stability to at least 600 bar. If in doubt, consult


key: chroma:document
string_value:
flow path free of steel and ensures pressure stability to at least 600 bar. If in doubt, consult the available literature about the chemical compatibility of PEEK. Polyimide Agilent uses semi-crystalline polyimide for rotor seals in valves and needle seats in autosamplers. One supplier of polyimide is DuPont, which brands polyimide as Vespel, which is also used by Agilent. Polyimide is stable in a pH range between 1 and 10 and in most organic solvents. It is incompatible with concentrated


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in a pH range between 1 and 10 and in most organic solvents. It is incompatible with concentrated mineral acids (e.g. sulphuric acid), glacial acetic acid, DMSO and THF. It is also degraded by nucleophilic substances like ammonia (e.g. ammonium salts in basic conditions) or acetates. Polyethylene (PE) Agilent uses UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight)-PE/PTFE blends for yellow piston and wash seals, which are used in 1290 Infinity pumps and for normal phase applications in 1260 Infinity pumps.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
which are used in 1290 Infinity pumps and for normal phase applications in 1260 Infinity pumps. Polyethylene has a good stability for most common inorganic solvents including acids and bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It is compatible to many organic solvents used in chromatographic systems like methanol, acetonitrile and isopropanol. It has limited stability with aliphatic, aromatic and halogenated hydrocarbons, THF, phenol and derivatives, concentrated acids and bases. For normal phase


key: chroma:document
string_value:
hydrocarbons, THF, phenol and derivatives, concentrated acids and bases. For normal phase applications, the maximum pressure should be limited to 200 bar. Tantalum (Ta) Tantalum is inert to most common HPLC solvents and almost all acids except fluoric acid and acids with free sulfur trioxide. It can be corroded by strong bases (e.g. hydroxide solutions > 10 %, diethylamine). It is not recommended for the use with fluoric acid and fluorides. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for the use with fluoric acid and fluorides. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Solvent Information Stainless Steel (ST) Stainless steel is inert against many common solvents. It is stable in the presence of acids and bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It can be corroded by acids below pH 2.3. It can also corrode in following solvents:  Solutions of alkali halides, their respective acids (for example, lithium iodide, potassium chloride, and so on) and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
halides, their respective acids (for example, lithium iodide, potassium chloride, and so on) and aqueous solutions of halogens.  High concentrations of inorganic acids like nitric acid, sulfuric acid and organic solvents especially at higher temperatures (replace, if your chromatography method allows, by phosphoric acid or phosphate buffer which are less corrosive against stainless steel).  Halogenated solvents or mixtures which form radicals and/or acids, for example: 2 CHCl 3 + O2→ 2 COCl2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solvents or mixtures which form radicals and/or acids, for example: 2 CHCl 3 + O2→ 2 COCl2 + 2 HCl This reaction, in which stainless steel probably acts as a catalyst, occurs quickly with dried chloroform if the drying process removes the stabilizing alcohol.  Chromatographic grade ethers, which can contain peroxides (for example, THF, dioxane, di-isopropylether). Such ethers should be filtered through dry aluminium oxide which adsorbs the peroxides.  Solutions of organic acids (acetic acid,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
through dry aluminium oxide which adsorbs the peroxides.  Solutions of organic acids (acetic acid, formic acid, and so on) in organic solvents. For example, a 1 % solution of acetic acid in methanol will attack steel.  Solutions containing strong complexing agents (for example, EDTA, ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid).  Mixtures of carbon tetrachloride with 2-propanol or THF. Titanium (Ti) Titanium is highly resistant to oxidizing acids (for example, nitric, perchloric and hypochlorous


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Titanium is highly resistant to oxidizing acids (for example, nitric, perchloric and hypochlorous acid) over a wide range of concentrations and temperatures. This is due to a thin oxide layer on the surface, which is stabilized by oxidizing compounds. Non-oxidizing acids (for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric and phosphoric acid) can cause slight corrosion, which increases with acid concentration and temperature. For example, the corrosion rate with 3 % HCl (about pH 0.1) at room temperature is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and temperature. For example, the corrosion rate with 3 % HCl (about pH 0.1) at room temperature is about 13 μm/year. At room temperature, titanium is resistant to concentrations of about 5 % sulfuric acid (about pH 0.3). Addition of nitric acid to hydrochloric or sulfuric acids 52 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Solvent Information significantly reduces corrosion rates. Titanium is sensitive to acidic metal chlorides like FeCl3 or CuCl2.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
reduces corrosion rates. Titanium is sensitive to acidic metal chlorides like FeCl3 or CuCl2. Titanium is subject to corrosion in anhydrous methanol, which can be avoided by adding a small amount of water (about 3 %). Slight corrosion is possible with ammonia > 10 %. Diamond-Like Carbon (DLC) Diamond-Like Carbon is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Fused silica and Quartz (SiO2) Fused silica is used in 1290


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for HPLC applications. Fused silica and Quartz (SiO2) Fused silica is used in 1290 Infinity Flow Cells and capillaries. Quartz is used for classical flow cell windows. It is inert against all common solvents and acids except hydrofluoric acid and acidic solvents containing fluorides. It is corroded by strong bases and should not be used above pH 12 at room temperature. The corrosion of flow cell windows can negatively affect measurement results. For a pH greater than 12, the use of flow cells


key: chroma:document
string_value:
windows can negatively affect measurement results. For a pH greater than 12, the use of flow cells with sapphire windows is recommended. Gold Gold is inert to all common HPLC solvents, acids and bases within the specified pH range. It can be corroded by complexing cyanides and concentrated acids like aqua regia. Zirconium Oxide (ZrO2) Zirconium Oxide is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Platinum/Iridium


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Platinum/Iridium Platinum/Iridium is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Fluorinated polymers (PTFE, PFA, FEP, FFKM) Fluorinated polymers like PTFE (polytetrafluorethylene), PFA (perfluoroalkoxy) and FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) are inert to almost all common acids, bases, and solvents. FFKM is perfluorinated rubber,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are inert to almost all common acids, bases, and solvents. FFKM is perfluorinated rubber, InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Solvent Information which is also resistant to most chemicals. As an elastomer, it may swell in some organic solvents like halogenated hydrocarbons. TFE/PDD copolymer tubings, which are used in all Agilent degassers except G1322A, are not compatible with fluorinated solvents like Freon, Fluorinert, or Vertrel. They have limited


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are not compatible with fluorinated solvents like Freon, Fluorinert, or Vertrel. They have limited life time in the presence of Hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP). To ensure the longest possible life with HFIP, it is best to dedicate a particular chamber to this solvent, not to switch solvents, and not to let dry out the chamber. For optimizing the life of the pressure sensor, do not leave HFIP in the chamber when the unit is off. Sapphire, Ruby and Al2O3-based ceramics Sapphire, ruby and ceramics


key: chroma:document
string_value:
chamber when the unit is off. Sapphire, Ruby and Al2O3-based ceramics Sapphire, ruby and ceramics based on aluminum oxide Al2O3 are inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. 54 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Algae Growth in HPLC Systems Algae Growth in HPLC Systems The presence of algae in HPLC systems can cause a variety of problems that may be incorrectly diagnosed as


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of algae in HPLC systems can cause a variety of problems that may be incorrectly diagnosed as instrument or application problems. Algae grow in aqueous media, preferably in a pH range of 4-8. Their growth is accelerated by buffers, for example phosphate or acetate. Since algae grow through photosynthesis, light will also stimulate their growth. Even in distilled water small-sized algae grow after some time. Instrumental Problems Associated With Algae Algae deposit and grow everywhere within the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
some time. Instrumental Problems Associated With Algae Algae deposit and grow everywhere within the HPLC system causing:  Blocked solvent filters or deposits on inlet or outlet valves resulting in unstable flow, composition or gradient problems or a complete failure of the pump.  Small pore high pressure solvent filters, usually placed before the injector to plug resulting in high system pressure.  PTFE frits blockage leading to increased system pressure.  Column filters to plug giving high


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 PTFE frits blockage leading to increased system pressure.  Column filters to plug giving high system pressure.  Flow cell windows of detectors to become dirty resulting in higher noise levels (since the detector is the last module in the flow path, this problem is less common). How to Prevent and/or Reduce the Algae Problem  Always use freshly prepared solvents, especially use demineralized water which was filtered through about 0.2 μm filters.  Never leave mobile phase in the instrument


key: chroma:document
string_value:
water which was filtered through about 0.2 μm filters.  Never leave mobile phase in the instrument for several days without flow.  Always discard old mobile phase.  Use the amber solvent bottle (Solvent bottle, amber (9301-1450)) supplied with the instrument for your aqueous mobile phase.  If possible add a few mg/l sodium azide or a few percent organic solvent to the aqueous mobile phase. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Prevent Blocking of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Prevent Blocking of Solvent Filters Prevent Blocking of Solvent Filters Contaminated solvents or algae growth in the solvent bottle will reduce the lifetime of the solvent filter and will influence the performance of the module. This is especially true for aqueous solvents or phosphate buffers (pH 4 to 7). The following suggestions will prolong lifetime of the solvent filter and will maintain the performance of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
suggestions will prolong lifetime of the solvent filter and will maintain the performance of the module.  Use a sterile, if possible amber, solvent bottle to slow down algae growth.  Filter solvents through filters or membranes that remove algae.  Exchange solvents every two days or refilter.  If the application permits add 0.0001 – 0.001 M sodium azide to the solvent.  Place a layer of argon on top of your solvent.  Avoid exposure of the solvent bottle to direct sunlight. Checking the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on top of your solvent.  Avoid exposure of the solvent bottle to direct sunlight. Checking the Solvent Filters The solvent filters are located on the low-pressure side of the binary pump. A blocked filter therefore does not necessarily affect the high pressure readings of the pump. The pressure readings cannot be used to check whether the filters are blocked or not. If the solvent cabinet is placed on top of the binary pump, the filter condition can be checked in the following way: Remove the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on top of the binary pump, the filter condition can be checked in the following way: Remove the solvent inlet tube from the inlet port of the solvent selection valve or the adapter at the active inlet valve. If the filter is in good condition, the solvent will freely drip out of the solvent tube (due to hydrostatic pressure). If the solvent filter is partly blocked only very little solvent will drip out of the solvent tube. NOTE Never use the system without solvent filter installed. WARNING


key: chroma:document
string_value:
drip out of the solvent tube. NOTE Never use the system without solvent filter installed. WARNING When opening capillary or tube fittings, solvents may leak out. The handling of toxic and hazardous solvents and reagents can carry health risks. ➔ Observe appropriate safety procedures (for example, wear goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the solvent vendor, especially when toxic or hazardous solvents are used. 56


key: chroma:document
string_value:
data sheet supplied by the solvent vendor, especially when toxic or hazardous solvents are used. 56 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Prevent Blocking of Solvent Filters Cleaning the Solvent Filters  Remove the blocked solvent filter from the bottle-head assembly and place it in a beaker with concentrated nitric acid (35%) for one hour.  Thoroughly flush the filter with HPLC-grade water (remove all nitric acid, some capillary columns can be


key: chroma:document
string_value:
flush the filter with HPLC-grade water (remove all nitric acid, some capillary columns can be damaged by nitric acid).  Replace the filter. NOTE Never use the system without solvent filter installed. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Using the Pump Normal Phase Applications Normal Phase Applications Current passive inlet valves and outlet ball valves used with 1260 and 1290 Infinity pumps do not work well with applications using non-polar solvents as for normal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and 1290 Infinity pumps do not work well with applications using non-polar solvents as for normal phase applications (e.g. hexane and heptane). With such applications, pressure drops could be observed. They are a result of particles electrostatically charging up in insulating solvents and sticking to the balls inside the valves, such that the valves do not close properly any more after some time of use (can be hours). For normal phase applications, a second type of valves is available, which


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of use (can be hours). For normal phase applications, a second type of valves is available, which has a design based on the existing one for 1260 and 1290 Infinity valves. These valves use a new material for valve balls, which is a conductive ceramic and replaces non-conductive ruby balls. The balls do not charge up electrostatically and show good performance in normal phase. The valves are marked with N for non-polar or normal phase. Agilent recommends using these valves for (and only for)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with N for non-polar or normal phase. Agilent recommends using these valves for (and only for) normal phase applications. No design change has been done for active inlet valves, which have already been used successfully in the past for normal phase applications in 1200 Series and 1260 Infinity binary pumps. The N-Valves have been tested successfully in using hexane at pressures below 100 bar; heptane can be used as a substitute for neurotoxic hexane. CAUTION Corrosion of valves Normal phase


key: chroma:document
string_value:
heptane can be used as a substitute for neurotoxic hexane. CAUTION Corrosion of valves Normal phase balls/valves corrode quickly in aqueous solutions and acids (at or below pH 7). ➔ Do not use normal phase valves in applications running with aqueous solutions. 58 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 3 Using the Pump Normal Phase Applications Seals for Normal Phase Applications For running normal phase applications on 1200 Infinity Series pumps, yellow PE seals are


key: chroma:document
string_value:
For running normal phase applications on 1200 Infinity Series pumps, yellow PE seals are required, which exist as piston seals and wash seals. Seal wash is very uncommon for normal phase applications (no buffers needed), but wash seals are needed for seal wash pump heads. 1290 Infinity pumps use PE seals by default. In combination with ceramic pistons, PE seals are used for both reversed phase (1200 bar) and normal phase applications. 1260 Infinity pumps use sapphire pistons and black PTFE


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(1200 bar) and normal phase applications. 1260 Infinity pumps use sapphire pistons and black PTFE piston and wash seals by default (600 bar). Such PTFE seals create small wear particles in normal phase applications, which can clog valves and other parts in the flow path. PE seals have a limited life time when used with normal phase solvents and sapphire pistons. Agilent recommends a maximum pressure of 200 bar for this combination, which shall also be applied for pressure tests. Choice of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
pressure of 200 bar for this combination, which shall also be applied for pressure tests. Choice of Normal Phase Valves and Seals Table 7 Recommended valves and seals for normal phase applications 1260 Infinity 1290 Infinity Inlet valves 1260 Infinity Inlet Valve Type N (G1312-60166) 1290 Infinity Inlet Valve Type N (G4220-60122) 1290 Infinity Quat Inlet Valve Type N (G4204-60122) Outlet valves 1260 Infinity Outlet Valve Type N/SFC (G1312-60167) 1290 Infinity Outlet Valve Type N (G4220-60128)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1260 Infinity Outlet Valve Type N/SFC (G1312-60167) 1290 Infinity Outlet Valve Type N (G4220-60128) Seals PE seals (pack of 2) (0905-1420) Wash Seal PE (0905-1718) InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Optimizing Performance When to Use a Vacuum Degasser Operational Hints for the Vacuum Degasser When to Use the Active Seal Wash Option When to Use the Low Volume Mixer When to Remove Damper and Mixer Convert the Binary Pump to Low Delay Volume Mode


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Low Volume Mixer When to Remove Damper and Mixer Convert the Binary Pump to Low Delay Volume Mode How to Optimize the Compressibility Compensation Setting Solvent Compressibility Calibration Optimization of Legacy Compressibility Settings This chapter gives information on how to optimize the performance of the Binary Pump under special operational conditions. 60 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 4 Optimizing Performance When to Use a Vacuum Degasser When to Use a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ty II Binary Pump User Manual 4 Optimizing Performance When to Use a Vacuum Degasser When to Use a Vacuum Degasser A degasser removes air, which is dissolved in any solvent. When solvents are heated or mixed with other solvents, air can leave the solvent and form small bubbles. Over time, these bubbles accumulate and can cause pressure fluctuations which may finally result in retention time shifts. All Agilent 1200 Infinity II Series Pumps have a built-in degasser. While a degasser is needed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
All Agilent 1200 Infinity II Series Pumps have a built-in degasser. While a degasser is needed for low pressure mixing pumps like Agilent quaternary pumps, high pressure mixing pumps like Agilent binary pumps are more robust with respect to bubble formation. However, a degasser is recommended for best performance. Additionally, a degasser is highly recommended for the following applications:  Your detector is used with maximum sensitivity in the low UV wavelength range.  Your application


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 Your detector is used with maximum sensitivity in the low UV wavelength range.  Your application requires highest injection precision.  Your application requires highest retention-time reproducibility (flow rates below 0.5 mL/min).  The binary pump is used with bypassed damper and mixer. The external 1260 Infinity II Degasser G7122A is recommended for use with applications using highly volatile solvents like Hexane or DCM, solvents with special characteristics like THF, or applications


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solvents like Hexane or DCM, solvents with special characteristics like THF, or applications using refractive index detection. Operational Hints for the Vacuum Degasser If you are using the vacuum degasser for the first time, if the vacuum degasser was switched off for any length of time (for example, overnight), or if the vacuum degasser chambers are empty, you have to prime the vacuum degasser before running an analysis. Priming is usually done by pumping at a high flow rate (3 – 5 mL/min).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
before running an analysis. Priming is usually done by pumping at a high flow rate (3 – 5 mL/min). Alternatively, a syringe can be used to draw the solvent through the (empty) degasser if the pump does not aspirate the solvent by itself. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Optimizing Performance When to Use the Active Seal Wash Option When to Use the Active Seal Wash Option Concentrated buffer solutions will reduce the lifetime of the seals and pistons in your binary


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Concentrated buffer solutions will reduce the lifetime of the seals and pistons in your binary pump. The active seal wash option allows to maintain the seal lifetime by flushing the low pressure side of the seals with a wash solvent. The seal wash option is strongly recommended if buffer concentrations of 0.1 M or higher are used regularly with the pump. The active seal wash option kit can be ordered by quoting Active Seal Wash Upgrade Product including Service (G1399A). The seal wash option


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by quoting Active Seal Wash Upgrade Product including Service (G1399A). The seal wash option comprises a peristaltic pump, secondary seals, gaskets, seal holders and tubing for both pump heads. A bottle of premixed water/isopropanol (90/10 vol%) is placed in the solvent cabinet and connected to the peristaltic pump as described in the technical note that comes with the active seal wash kit. Always use a mixture of HPLC-grade water (90 %) and isopropanol (10 %) as wash solvent. This mixture


key: chroma:document
string_value:
use a mixture of HPLC-grade water (90 %) and isopropanol (10 %) as wash solvent. This mixture prevents bacteria growth in the wash bottle and reduces the surface tension of the water. The operation of the peristaltic pump can be controlled from the data system or the Instant Pilot. For adding a seal-wash option, please contact your local Agilent Technologies service representative. NOTE In order to avoid accumulation of buffer salts or impurities, regularly replace the washing solution using


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to avoid accumulation of buffer salts or impurities, regularly replace the washing solution using fresh solvents. 62 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 4 Optimizing Performance When to Use the Low Volume Mixer When to Use the Low Volume Mixer The Low volume mixer ( 200 μL) (5067-1565) is designed for use with the Agilent InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary LC System in low delay volume mode. This configuration is typically used for 2.1 mm i.d., 1.8 μm


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC System in low delay volume mode. This configuration is typically used for 2.1 mm i.d., 1.8 μm particle size columns, where emphasis is put on S/N ratio. The low volume mixer helps mixing gradients starting with a low concentration of organic solvents, which can cause noise on the baseline. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Optimizing Performance When to Remove Damper and Mixer When to Remove Damper and Mixer The binary pump is equipped with a pressure pulsation


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Mixer When to Remove Damper and Mixer The binary pump is equipped with a pressure pulsation damper and a static mixer. The total delay volume of the pump is 600 – 800 μL (depending on system pressure). The mixer has a volume of 400 μL. For applications that require lowest delay volume (for example, fast gradient methods or gradient applications with low flow rates), damper and mixer can be bypassed. Figure 9 Flow path modifications of the Binary Pump Standard configuration Low delay volume


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Figure 9 Flow path modifications of the Binary Pump Standard configuration Low delay volume configuration 64 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 4 Optimizing Performance When to Remove Damper and Mixer Convert the Binary Pump to Low Delay Volume Mode The binary pump is delivered in standard configuration (damper and mixer connected). This paragraph shows how to bypass damper and mixer and convert the pump to low delay volume mode. Configurations where only damper or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
damper and mixer and convert the pump to low delay volume mode. Configurations where only damper or mixer are disconnected while the other part is still in line are not supported by Agilent Technologies. Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench, 1/4 - 5/16 inch, open Wrench, 14 mm Hex driver open, 1/4 inch Preparations Flush the system (water if buffers were used, otherwise isopropanol). Turn the flow off. 1 Open the doors. 2 Use the 1/4 inch hex driver to remove fitting B from port 2 of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the flow off. 1 Open the doors. 2 Use the 1/4 inch hex driver to remove fitting B from port 2 of the pressure sensor. Fold capillary end B away. It remains unconnected. B InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Optimizing Performance When to Remove Damper and Mixer 3 Disconnect fitting A from outlet 1 of the mixer. 4 Connect fitting A to port 2 of the pressure sensor. Seal port 1 of the mixer with a plastic blank nut. A A 66 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary


key: chroma:document
string_value:
port 1 of the mixer with a plastic blank nut. A A 66 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 4 Optimizing Performance How to Optimize the Compressibility Compensation Setting How to Optimize the Compressibility Compensation Setting When a solvent is metered at ambient pressure and compressed to a higher pressure, the volume decreases depending on its compressibility. Solvent compressibility is a non-linear function of pressure and temperature. It is specific for each


key: chroma:document
string_value:
compressibility is a non-linear function of pressure and temperature. It is specific for each solvent. In order to deliver the desired flow accurately at all pressures, Agilent pumps use a compressibility compensation. For standard LC applications, e.g. using a 400 bar binary pump, an average compressibility value for the solvent is sufficient. For the 600 bar 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump , the pressure-dependency of a solvent compressibility needs to be considered. It is determined at


key: chroma:document
string_value:
, the pressure-dependency of a solvent compressibility needs to be considered. It is determined at different pressures between 0 – 600 bar. The pump uses the obtained non-linear function to select the correct compressibility value for the actual pump pressure. Compressibility data for the most common solvents is readily available in the pump firmware. The compensation algorithm is so powerful that the damper and mixer can be removed from the pump flow path at low flow rate while the pressure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the damper and mixer can be removed from the pump flow path at low flow rate while the pressure ripple and composition ripple remain at low levels. For method compatibility reasons, the legacy compressibility compensation is still available. Solvent Compressibility Calibration Unlisted or premixed solvents can be calibrated with the Solvent Compressibility Calibration function. For a detailed description, see “Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 105. InfinityLab LC Series


key: chroma:document
string_value:
see “Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 105. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Optimizing Performance How to Optimize the Compressibility Compensation Setting Optimization of Legacy Compressibility Settings The compressibility compensation default settings are 50 × 10-6 /bar (best for most aqueous solutions) for pump head A and 115 × 10-6 /bar (to suit organic solvents) for pump head B. The settings represent average values for aqueous solvents


key: chroma:document
string_value:
suit organic solvents) for pump head B. The settings represent average values for aqueous solvents (A side) and organic solvents (B side). Therefore it is always recommended to use the aqueous solvent on the A side of the pump and the organic solvent on the B side. Under normal conditions, the default settings reduce the pressure pulsation to below 2 % of system pressure, which is sufficient for most applications. If the compressibility values for the solvents used differ from the default


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for most applications. If the compressibility values for the solvents used differ from the default settings, it is recommended to change the compressibility values accordingly. Compressibility settings can be optimized by using the values for various solvents described in Table 8 on page 68. If the solvent in use is not listed in the compressibility table, when using premixed solvents and if the default settings are not sufficient for your application, the following procedure can be used to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
default settings are not sufficient for your application, the following procedure can be used to optimize the compressibility settings: 1 Start channel A of the binary pump with the required flow rate. 2 Before starting the optimization procedure, the flow must be stable. Use degassed solvent only. Check the tightness of the system with the pressure test (see “(System) Pressure Test” on page 98). 3 Your pump must be connected to an Agilent data system or Instant Pilot, the pressure- and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
98). 3 Your pump must be connected to an Agilent data system or Instant Pilot, the pressure- and %-ripple can be monitored with one of these instruments. 4 Start the recording device in plot mode. 5 Starting with a compressibility setting of 40 × -6 /bar, increase the value in steps of 10. The compressibility compensation setting that generates the smallest pressure ripple is the optimum value for your solvent composition. 6 Repeat step 1 through step 5 for the B channel of your binary pump. 68


key: chroma:document
string_value:
your solvent composition. 6 Repeat step 1 through step 5 for the B channel of your binary pump. 68 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 4 Optimizing Performance How to Optimize the Compressibility Compensation Setting Table 8 Solvent Compressibility Solvent (pure) Compressibility (10-6/bar) Acetone Acetonitrile Benzene Carbon tetrachloride Chloroform Cyclohexane Ethanol Ethyl acetate Heptane Hexane Isobutanol Isopropanol Methanol 1-Propanol Toluene Water InfinityLab


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Ethyl acetate Heptane Hexane Isobutanol Isopropanol Methanol 1-Propanol Toluene Water InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions User Interfaces Agilent Lab Advisor Software Overview of the troubleshooting and diagnostic features. 70 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 5 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Binary Pump User Manual 5 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Status Indicators The module is provided with two status indicators which indicate the operational state of the module. The status indicators provide a quick visual check of the operation of the module. Error Messages In the event of an electronic, mechanical or hydraulic failure, the module generates an error message in the user


key: chroma:document
string_value:
an electronic, mechanical or hydraulic failure, the module generates an error message in the user interface. For each message, a short description of the failure, a list of probable causes of the problem, and a list of suggested actions to fix the problem are provided (see chapter Error Information). Test Functions A series of test functions are available for troubleshooting and operational verification after exchanging internal components (see Tests and Calibrations). Pressure Test The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
verification after exchanging internal components (see Tests and Calibrations). Pressure Test The Pressure Test is a quick test designed to determine the pressure tightness of the system (i.e. the high pressure flow path between pump and column). After exchanging flow path components (e.g. pump seals or injection seal), use this test to verify the system is pressure tight, see “(System) Pressure Test” on page 98. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Troubleshooting and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on page 98. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Solvent Compressibility Calibration Solvent compressibility is a function of solvent type and pressure. In order to optimize flow accuracy and pressure ripple, the compressibility of the solvent must be considered. The binary pump firmware contains compressibility parameters for most commonly used solvents. A compressibility


key: chroma:document
string_value:
firmware contains compressibility parameters for most commonly used solvents. A compressibility calibration function is available to generate compressibility data for unlisted solvents (see “Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration” on page 105). The compressibility data are stored in an XML file and can be transferred to other InfinityLab LC Series binary pumps. Pump Elasticity Calibration Various parts in the flow path of the binary pump have a certain elasticity which needs to be


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Various parts in the flow path of the binary pump have a certain elasticity which needs to be compensated to obtain the lowest pressure-, flow- and composition ripple possible. This is done by running an elasticity calibration after maintenance and major repairs. For details see “Pump Elasticity Calibration” on page 107. Pump Leak Rate Test The Pump Leak Rate Test is a diagnostic test designed to determine the pressure tightness of the pump components. When a problem with the pump is suspected,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
determine the pressure tightness of the pump components. When a problem with the pump is suspected, use this test to help troubleshoot the pump and its pumping performance, see “Pump Leak Rate Test” on page 109. 72 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 5 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics User Interfaces User Interfaces Depending on the user interface, the available tests vary. Some descriptions are only available in the Service Manual. Test Instant Pilot G4208A Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
vary. Some descriptions are only available in the Service Manual. Test Instant Pilot G4208A Agilent Lab Advisor Pressure Test Yes Yes Valve Test No Yes Solvent compressibility calibration No Yes Pump elasticity calibration No Yes InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software Agilent Lab Advisor Software The Agilent Lab Advisor Software is a standalone product that can be used with or without a chromatographic data


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Advisor Software is a standalone product that can be used with or without a chromatographic data system. Agilent Lab Advisor helps to manage the lab for high-quality chromatographic results by providing a detailed system overview of all connected analytical instruments with instrument status, Early Maintenance Feedback counters (EMF), instrument configuration information, and diagnostic tests. By the push of a button, a detailed diagnostic report can be generated. Upon request, the user can


key: chroma:document
string_value:
By the push of a button, a detailed diagnostic report can be generated. Upon request, the user can send this report to Agilent for a significantly improved troubleshooting and repair process. The Agilent Lab Advisor software is available in two versions:  Lab Advisor Basic  Lab Advisor Advanced Lab Advisor Basic is included with every Agilent 1200 Infinity Series and Agilent InfinityLab LC Series instrument. The Lab Advisor Advanced features can be unlocked by purchasing a license key, and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
instrument. The Lab Advisor Advanced features can be unlocked by purchasing a license key, and include real-time monitoring of instrument actuals, all various instrument signals, and state machines. In addition, all diagnostic test results, calibration results, and acquired signal data can be uploaded to a shared network folder. The Review Client included in Lab Advisor Advanced allows to load and examine the uploaded data no matter on which instrument it was generated. This makes Data Sharing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
examine the uploaded data no matter on which instrument it was generated. This makes Data Sharing an ideal tool for internal support groups and users who want to track the instrument history of their analytical systems. The optional Agilent Maintenance Wizard Add-on provides an easy-to-use, step-by-step multimedia guide for performing preventive maintenance on Agilent 1200 Infinity and Agilent InfinityLab LC Series instrument. The tests and diagnostic features that are provided by the Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series instrument. The tests and diagnostic features that are provided by the Agilent Lab Advisor software may differ from the descriptions in this manual. For details, refer to the Agilent Lab Advisor software help files. 74 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 5 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Error Information What Are Error Messages General Error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Error Information What Are Error Messages General Error Messages Timeout Shutdown Remote Timeout Lost CAN Partner Leak Leak Sensor Open Leak Sensor Short Compensation Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Short Fan Failed Open Cover Module Error Messages Solvent Zero Counter Pressure Above Upper Limit Pressure Below Lower Limit Pressure Signal Missing Valve Failed Missing Pressure Reading Wrong Pump Configuration Electronic Fuse of SSV Open AIV Fuse Temperature


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Missing Pressure Reading Wrong Pump Configuration Electronic Fuse of SSV Open AIV Fuse Temperature Out of Range Temperature Limit Exceeded Motor-Drive Power Encoder Missing Servo Restart Failed 76 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Agilent Lab Advisor Software Pump Head Missing Index Limit Index Adjustment Index Missing Stroke Length Initialization Failed This chapter describes the meaning of error messages, and provides information on probable


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Failed This chapter describes the meaning of error messages, and provides information on probable causes and suggested actions how to recover from error conditions. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information What Are Error Messages What Are Error Messages Error messages are displayed in the user interface when an electronic, mechanical, or hydraulic (flow path) failure occurs which requires attention before the analysis can be continued (for example,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
path) failure occurs which requires attention before the analysis can be continued (for example, repair, or exchange of consumables is necessary). In the event of such a failure, the red status indicator at the front of the module is switched on, and an entry is written into the module logbook. If an error occurs outside a method run, other modules will not be informed about this error. If it occurs within a method run, all connected modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run


key: chroma:document
string_value:
within a method run, all connected modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run will be stopped. Depending on the module type, this stop is implemented differently. For example, for a pump the flow will be stopped for safety reasons. For a detector, the lamp will stay on in order to avoid equilibration time. Depending on the error type, the next run can only be started, if the error has been resolved, for example liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single


key: chroma:document
string_value:
has been resolved, for example liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single time events can be recovered by switching on the system in the user interface. Special handling is done in case of a leak. As a leak is a potential safety issue and may have occurred at a different module from where it has been observed, a leak always causes a shutdown of all modules, even outside a method run. In all cases, error propagation is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see


key: chroma:document
string_value:
run. In all cases, error propagation is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see documentation for the APG/ERI interface). 78 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information General Error Messages General Error Messages Timeout Error ID: The timeout threshold was exceeded. Shutdown Error ID: An external instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module continually monitors the remote input connectors for status signals.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on the remote line. The module continually monitors the remote input connectors for status signals. A LOW signal input on pin 4 of the remote connector generates the error message. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The analysis was completed successfully, and the timeout function switched off the module as requested. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A not-ready condition was present during a sequence or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Restart the analysis where required. 2 A not-ready condition was present during a sequence or multiple-injection run for a period longer than the timeout threshold. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak detected in another module with a CAN connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 2 Leak detected in an external instrument with a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
external instrument before restarting the module. 2 Leak detected in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 3 Shut-down in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Check external instruments for a shut-down condition. 4 The degasser failed to generate sufficient vacuum for solvent degassing. Check the vacuum degasser for an error condition. Refer to the Service Manual for the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
degassing. Check the vacuum degasser for an error condition. Refer to the Service Manual for the degasser or the pump that has the degasser built-in. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Remote Timeout Error ID: A not-ready condition is still present on the remote input. When an analysis is started, the system expects all not-read y conditions (for example, a not-ready condition during detector balance) to switch to run


key: chroma:document
string_value:
not-read y conditions (for example, a not-ready condition during detector balance) to switch to run conditions within one minute of starting the analysis. If a not-ready condition is still present on the remote line after one minute the error message is generated. Lost CAN Partner Error ID: During an analysis, the internal synchronization or communication between one or more of the modules in the system has failed. The system processors continually monitor the system configuration. If one or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
system has failed. The system processors continually monitor the system configuration. If one or more of the modules is no longer recognized as being connected to the system, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Not-ready condition in one of the instruments connected to the remote line. Ensure the instrument showing the not-ready condition is installed correctly, and is set up correctly for analysis. 2 Defective remote cable. Exchange the remote cable. 3 Defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is set up correctly for analysis. 2 Defective remote cable. Exchange the remote cable. 3 Defective components in the instrument showing the not-ready condition. Check the instrument for defects (refer to the instrument’s documentation). Probable cause Suggested actions 1 CAN cable disconnected.  Ensure all the CAN cables are connected correctly.  Ensure all CAN cables are installed correctly. 2 Defective CAN cable. Exchange the CAN cable. 3 Defective main board in another module. Switch off


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 Defective CAN cable. Exchange the CAN cable. 3 Defective main board in another module. Switch off the system. Restart the system, and determine which module or modules are not recognized by the system. 80 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information General Error Messages Leak Error ID: A leak was detected in the module. The signals from the two temperature sensors (leak sensor and board-mounted temperature-compensation sensor) are used by the leak


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sensors (leak sensor and board-mounted temperature-compensation sensor) are used by the leak algorithm to determine whether a leak is present. When a leak occurs, the leak sensor is cooled by the solvent. This changes the resistance of the leak sensor which is sensed by the leak-sensor circuit on the main board. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose fittings. Ensure all fittings are tight. 2 Broken capillary. Exchange defective capillaries. 3 Loose or leaking purge valve, active inlet valve,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
capillary. Exchange defective capillaries. 3 Loose or leaking purge valve, active inlet valve, or outlet valve. Ensure pump components are seated correctly. If there are still signs of a leak, exchange the appropriate seal (purge valve, active inlet valve, outlet valve). 4 Defective pump seals. Exchange the pump seals. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Leak Sensor Open Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (open


key: chroma:document
string_value:
General Error Messages Leak Sensor Open Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (open circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak-sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current falls outside the lower limit, the error message is generated. Leak Sensor Short Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak sensor not connected to the Power Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. 82 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information General Error Messages Compensation Sensor Open Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the main board in the module has failed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Open Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the main board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the main board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Compensation Sensor Short Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the error message is generated. Compensation Sensor Short Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the main board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the main board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause


key: chroma:document
string_value:
across the sensor falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Fan Failed Error ID: The cooling fan in the module has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Fan Failed Error ID: The cooling fan in the module has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is used by the main board to monitor the fan speed. If the fan speed falls below a certain limit for a certain length of time, the error message is generated. This limit is given by 2 revolutions/second for longer than 5 seconds. Depending on the module, assemblies (e.g. the lamp in the detector) are turned off to assure that the module does not overheat inside. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Fan


key: chroma:document
string_value:
off to assure that the module does not overheat inside. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Fan cable disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective fan. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Improperly positioned cables or wires obstructing fan blades. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 84 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6


key: chroma:document
string_value:
service representative. 84 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information General Error Messages Open Cover Error ID: The top foam has been removed. The sensor on the main board detects when the top foam is in place. If the foam is removed, the fan is switched off, and the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The top foam was removed during operation. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Foam not activating the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
during operation. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Foam not activating the sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective sensor or main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Rear of the module is exposed to strong direct sunlight. Ensure that the rear of module is not directly exposed to strong sunlight. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Module Error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Module Error Messages Solvent Zero Counter Error ID: The error message is triggered if the remaining volume in a solvent bottle falls below the set limit. Pressure Above Upper Limit Error ID: 2014, The system pressure has exceeded the upper pressure limit. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Volume in bottle below specified volume. Refill bottles and reset solvent counters. 2 Incorrect setting. Make sure the set


key: chroma:document
string_value:
specified volume. Refill bottles and reset solvent counters. 2 Incorrect setting. Make sure the set solvent volume matches the actual bottle filling and set the shutoff limit to a reasonable value (e.g. 100 mL for 1 L bottles) Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Upper pressure limit set too low. Ensure the upper pressure limit is set to a value suitable for the analysis. 2 Blockage in the flowpath (after the damper). Check for blockage in the flow path. The following components are particularly


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(after the damper). Check for blockage in the flow path. The following components are particularly subject to blockage: inline filter frit, needle (autosampler), seat capillary (autosampler), sample loop (autosampler), column frits and capillaries with small internal diameters (e.g. 50 µm ID). 3 Defective damper. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 86 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
contact your Agilent service representative. 86 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Pressure Below Lower Limit Error ID: 2015, The system pressure has fallen below the lower pressure limit. Pressure Signal Missing Error ID: The pressure signal of the damper is missing. The pressure signal of the damper must be within a specific voltage range. If the pressure signal is missing, the processor detects a voltage of approximately


key: chroma:document
string_value:
voltage range. If the pressure signal is missing, the processor detects a voltage of approximately -120 mV across the damper connector. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lower pressure limit set too high. Ensure the lower pressure limit is set to a value suitable for the analysis. 2 Air bubbles in the mobile phase.  Make sure that the degasser is in flow path and works correctly. Purge the module.  Ensure solvent inlet filters are not blocked. 3 Leak.  Inspect the pump head, capillaries and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 Ensure solvent inlet filters are not blocked. 3 Leak.  Inspect the pump head, capillaries and fittings for signs of a leak.  Purge the module. Run a pressure test to determine whether the seals or other module components are defective. 4 Defective damper. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Damper disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Suggested actions 1 Damper disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective damper. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Valve Failed Error ID: Valve 0 Failed: valve A1 Valve 1 Failed: valve A2 Valve 2 Failed: valve B2 Valve 3 Failed: valve B1 One of the solvent selection valves in the module failed to switch correctly. The processor monitors the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the solvent selection valves in the module failed to switch correctly. The processor monitors the valve voltage before and after each switching cycle. If the voltages are outside expected limits, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Solvent selection valve disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Connection cable (inside instrument) not connected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Connection cable (inside instrument)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Connection cable (inside instrument) defective. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Solvent selection valve defective. Exchange the solvent selection valve. 88 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Missing Pressure Reading Error ID: The pressure readings read by the pump ADC (analog-digital converter) are missing. The ADC reads the pressure signal of from


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by the pump ADC (analog-digital converter) are missing. The ADC reads the pressure signal of from the damper every 1ms. If the readings are missing for longer than 10 s, the error message is generated. Wrong Pump Configuration Error ID: At switch-on, the pump has recognized a new pump configuration. The binary pump is assigned its configuration at the factory. If the active inlet valve and pump encoder of channel B are disconnected, and the binary pump is rebooted, the error message is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
pump encoder of channel B are disconnected, and the binary pump is rebooted, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Damper disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective damper. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Active-inlet valve and pump encoder of channel B disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Active-inlet valve and pump encoder of channel B disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Electronic Fuse of SSV Open Error ID: Valve Fuse 0: Channels A1 and A2 Valve Fuse 1: Channels B1 and B2 One of the solvent-selection valves in the module has drawn excessive current causing the selection-valve electronic fuse to open. AIV Fuse Error ID: Inlet-Valve Fuse 0: Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
causing the selection-valve electronic fuse to open. AIV Fuse Error ID: Inlet-Valve Fuse 0: Pump channel A Inlet-Valve Fuse 1: Pump channel B One of the active-inlet valves in the module has drawn excessive current causing the inlet-valve electronic fuse to open. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective solvent selection valve. Restart the pump. If the error message appears again, exchange the solvent selection valve. 2 Defective connection cable (front panel to main board). Please contact


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solvent selection valve. 2 Defective connection cable (front panel to main board). Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective active inlet valve. Restart the module. If the error message appears again, exchange the active inlet valve. 2 Defective connection cable (front panel to main board). Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
panel to main board). Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 90 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Temperature Out of Range Error ID: Temperature Out of Range 0: Pump channel A Temperature Out of Range 1: Pump channel B One of the temperature sensor readings in the motor-drive circuit are out of range. The values supplied to the ADC by


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sensor readings in the motor-drive circuit are out of range. The values supplied to the ADC by the hybrid sensors must be between 0.5 V and 4.3 V. If the values are outside this range, the error message is generated. Temperature Limit Exceeded Error ID: Temperature Limit Exceeded 0: Pump channel A Temperature Limit Exceeded 1: Pump channel B The temperature of one of the motor-drive circuits is too high. The processor continually monitors the temperature of the drive circuits on the main board.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
high. The processor continually monitors the temperature of the drive circuits on the main board. If excessive current is being drawn for long periods, the temperature of the circuits increases. If the temperature exceeds the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 High friction (partial mechanical blockage) in the pump drive assembly. Remove the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
actions 1 High friction (partial mechanical blockage) in the pump drive assembly. Remove the pump-head assembly. Ensure there is no mechanical blockage of the pump-head assembly or pump drive assembly. 2 Partial blockage of the flowpath in front of the damper. Ensure the outlet valve is not blocked. 3 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity


key: chroma:document
string_value:
main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Motor-Drive Power Error ID: 2041, Motor-Drive Power: Pump channel A B: Motor-Drive Power: Pump channel B The current drawn by the pump motor exceeded the maximum limit. Blockages in the flow path are usually detected by the pressure sensor in the damper, which result in the pump switching off when the upper pressure limit is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sensor in the damper, which result in the pump switching off when the upper pressure limit is exceeded. If a blockage occurs before the damper, the pressure increase cannot be detected by the pressure sensor and the module will continue to pump. As pressure increases, the pump drive draws more current. When the current reaches the maximum limit, the module is switched off, and the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Flow path blockage in front of the damper. Ensure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Flow path blockage in front of the damper. Ensure the capillaries and frits between the pump head and damper inlet are free from blockage. 2 Blocked (passive or active) inlet valve. Exchange the (passive or active) inlet valve. 3 Blocked outlet valve. Exchange the outlet valve. 4 High friction (partial mechanical blockage) in the pump drive assembly. Remove the pump-head assembly. Ensure there is no mechanical blockage of the pump-head assembly


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Remove the pump-head assembly. Ensure there is no mechanical blockage of the pump-head assembly or pump drive assembly. 5 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 6 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 7 Restriction capillary blocked at pre-mixing union. Exchange restriction capillary. 92 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Encoder Missing Error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Encoder Missing Error ID: 2046, 2050, Encoder Missing: Pump channel A B: Encoder Missing: Pump channel B The optical encoder on the pump motor in the module is missing or defective. The processor checks the presence of the pump encoder connector every 2 s. If the connector is not detected by the processor, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective or disconnected pump encoder connector.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective or disconnected pump encoder connector. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Servo Restart Failed Error ID: 2201, Servo Restart Failed: Pump channel A B: Servo Restart Failed: Pump channel B The pump motor in the module was unable to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump channel A B: Servo Restart Failed: Pump channel B The pump motor in the module was unable to move into the correct position for restarting. When the module is switched on, the first step is to switch on the C phase of the variable reluctance motor. The rotor should move to one of the C positions. The C position is required for the servo to be able to take control of the phase sequencing with the commutator. If the rotor is unable to move, or if the C position cannot be reached, the error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the commutator. If the rotor is unable to move, or if the C position cannot be reached, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Mechanical blockage of the module. Remove the pump-head assembly. Ensure there is no mechanical blockage of the pump-head assembly or pump drive assembly. 2 Disconnected or defective cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Blocked (passive or active) inlet valve. Exchange the (passive or active) inlet valve. 4 Defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Blocked (passive or active) inlet valve. Exchange the (passive or active) inlet valve. 4 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 94 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Pump Head Missing Error ID: 2202, Pump Head Missing: Pump channel A B: Pump Head Missing: Pump channel B The pump-head end stop in the pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Missing: Pump channel A B: Pump Head Missing: Pump channel B The pump-head end stop in the pump was not found. When the pump restarts, the metering drive moves forward to the mechanical end stop. Normally, the end stop is reached within 20 s, indicated by an increase in motor current. If the end point is not found within 20 s, the error message is generated. Index Limit Error ID: 2203, Index Limit: Pump channel A B: Index Limit: Pump channel B The time required by the piston to reach the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Limit: Pump channel A B: Index Limit: Pump channel B The time required by the piston to reach the encoder index position was too short (pump). During initialization, the first piston is moved to the mechanical stop. After reaching the mechanical stop, the piston reverses direction until the encoder index position is reached. If the index position is reached too fast, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Pump head not installed correctly (screws not secured, or pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Pump head not installed correctly (screws not secured, or pump head not seated correctly). Install the pump head correctly. Ensure nothing (e.g. capillary) is trapped between the pump head and body. 2 Broken piston. Exchange the piston. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Irregular or sticking drive movement. Remove the pump head, and examine the seals, pistons, and internal components for signs of wear, contamination or damage. Exchange components as required.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
internal components for signs of wear, contamination or damage. Exchange components as required. 2 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Error Information Module Error Messages Index Adjustment Error ID: 2204, Index Adjustment: Pump channel A B: Index Adjustment: Pump channel B The encoder index position in the module is out of adjustment. During initialization, the first piston is moved


key: chroma:document
string_value:
index position in the module is out of adjustment. During initialization, the first piston is moved to the mechanical stop. After reaching the mechanical stop, the piston reverses direction until the encoder index position is reached. If the time to reach the index position is too long, the error message is generated. Index Missing Error ID: 2205, 2215, Index Missing: Pump channel A B: Index Missing: Pump channel B The encoder index position in the module was not found during initialization.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump channel B The encoder index position in the module was not found during initialization. During initialization, the first piston is moved to the mechanical stop. After reaching the mechanical stop, the piston reverses direction until the encoder index position is reached. If the index position is not recognized within a defined time, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Irregular or sticking drive movement. Remove the pump head, and examine the seals, pistons,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 Irregular or sticking drive movement. Remove the pump head, and examine the seals, pistons, and internal components for signs of wear, contamination or damage. Exchange components as required. 2 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Disconnected or defective encoder cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 96


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 96 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 6 Error Information Module Error Messages Stroke Length Error ID: 2206, Stroke Length: Pump channel A B: Stroke Length: Pump channel B The distance between the lower piston position and the upper mechanical stop is out of limits (pump). During initialization, the module monitors the drive current. If the piston reaches the upper mechanical stop


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the module monitors the drive current. If the piston reaches the upper mechanical stop position before expected, the motor current increases as the module attempts to drive the piston beyond the mechanical stop. This current increase causes the error message to be generated. Initialization Failed Error ID: 2207, Initialization Failed: Pump channel A B: Initialization Failed: Pump channel B The module failed to initialize successfully within the maximum time window. A maximum time is assigned


key: chroma:document
string_value:
module failed to initialize successfully within the maximum time window. A maximum time is assigned for the complete pump-initialization cycle. If the time is exceeded before initialization is complete, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Blocked (passive or active) inlet valve. Exchange the (passive or active) inlet valve. 2 Defective pump drive


key: chroma:document
string_value:
or active) inlet valve. Exchange the (passive or active) inlet valve. 2 Defective pump drive assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test Positioning the Blank Nut Running the System Pressure Test Evaluating the Results Valve Test Running the Valve Test Evaluating the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the System Pressure Test Evaluating the Results Valve Test Running the Valve Test Evaluating the Results Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration Running the Solvent Compressibility Calibration Pump Elasticity Calibration Running the Pump Elasticity Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Running the Test Evaluating the Results Potential Causes of Leak Rate Test Failure This chapter explains all test functions that are available for the binary pump. 98 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II


key: chroma:document
string_value:
test functions that are available for the binary pump. 98 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test (System) Pressure Test Description The system pressure test is a quick built-in test designed to demonstrate the leak tightness of the system. The test involves monitoring the flow profile while the pump delivers against a blank nut. The result is presented as the leak rate of the module and provides information about


key: chroma:document
string_value:
a blank nut. The result is presented as the leak rate of the module and provides information about the leak tightness of the system between the outlet valves of the pump and the blank nut. Step The test begins with the initialization of both pump heads. After initialization, the pump is starting the compression phase and the required flow rate is constantly monitored and adjusted. The pump continues to pump until a system pressure of around 600 bar is reached. Step When the system pressure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to pump until a system pressure of around 600 bar is reached. Step When the system pressure reaches 600 bar, the pump continues to pump at a flow rate that keeps the pressure constant. The flow that is needed to keep the pressure constant is directly translated into a leak rate. NOTE This Lab Advisor test uses different names depending on the firmware revision used: FW revision ≥ A.06.50: System Pressure Test NOTE The blank nut can be positioned anywhere between the purge valve of the pump and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pressure Test NOTE The blank nut can be positioned anywhere between the purge valve of the pump and the detector inlet to pressure test the desired part of the system. CAUTION Blank nut placed at the outlet of flow cell The applied pressure may cause permanent leaks or bursting of the flow cell. ➔ Never include the flow cell in the pressure test. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test Positioning the Blank Nut To test


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test Positioning the Blank Nut To test the complete system’s pressure tightness, the blank nut should be positioned at the column compartment outlet (or the outlet of the last module before the detector). If a specific component is suspected of causing a system leak, place the blank nut immediately before the suspected component, and then run the System Pressure Test again. If the test passes, the defective component is located after


key: chroma:document
string_value:
run the System Pressure Test again. If the test passes, the defective component is located after the blank nut. Confirm the diagnosis by placing the blank nut immediately after the suspected component. The diagnosis is confirmed if the test fails. 100 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test Running the System Pressure Test Running the test from the Agilent Lab Advisor 1 Select the system pressure test from the test


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Test Running the test from the Agilent Lab Advisor 1 Select the system pressure test from the test selection menu. 2 Start the test and follow the instructions. Evaluating the Results The sum of all leaks between the pump and the blank nut will add up to the total leak rate. Note that small leaks may cause the test to fail, but solvent may not be seen leaking from a module. When The test should be used when problems with small leaks are suspected, or after maintenance of flow path components


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be used when problems with small leaks are suspected, or after maintenance of flow path components (e.g., pump seals, injection seal) to prove pressure tightness up to 600 bar Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench, 1/4 - 5/16 inch, open 5067-6127 Blank nut 1/16 inch long Preparations Place two bottles of HPLC-grade water in channels A and B (A1 and B1 if the pump is equipped with a solvent selection valve) NOTE Make absolutely sure that all parts of the flow path that are part of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
selection valve) NOTE Make absolutely sure that all parts of the flow path that are part of the test are very thoroughly flushed with water before starting to pressurize the system! Any trace of other solvents or the smallest air bubble inside the flow path definitely will cause the test to fail! NOTE Make sure to release the pressure by opening the purge valve when the test has completed. Otherwise the pump may generate an overpressure error. NOTE Please notice the difference between an error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the pump may generate an overpressure error. NOTE Please notice the difference between an error in the test and a failure of the test! An error is caused by the abnormal termination during the operation of the test whereas a failure of a test indicates that the test results were not within the specified limits. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test If the pressure test fails:  Ensure all fittings between the pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(System) Pressure Test If the pressure test fails:  Ensure all fittings between the pump and the blank nut are tight. Repeat the pressure test.  If the test fails again, insert the blank nut at the outlet of the previous module in the stack (e.g. autosampler, port 6 of the injection valve), and repeat the pressure test. Exclude each module one by one to determine which module is leaking.  If the pump is determined to be the source of the leak, run the valve test to identify the defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the pump is determined to be the source of the leak, run the valve test to identify the defective pump component. Potential Causes of Pressure Test Failure After isolating and fixing the cause of the leak, repeat the pressure test to confirm the system is pressure tight. NOTE Often it is only a damaged blank nut itself (poorly shaped from overtightening) that causes the test to fail. Before investigating on any other possible sources of failure make sure that the blank nut you are using is in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on any other possible sources of failure make sure that the blank nut you are using is in good condition and properly tightened! Table 9 Potential Cause (Pump) Potential Cause (Pump) Corrective Action Purge valve open. Close the purge valve. Loose or leaky fitting. T ighten the fitting or exchange the capillary. Damaged pump seals or pistons. Run the valve test to identify the defective component. Loose purge valve. Tighten the pu rge valve nut (14 mm wrench). 102 InfinityLab LC Series 1260


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Loose purge valve. Tighten the pu rge valve nut (14 mm wrench). 102 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration (System) Pressure Test Table 10 Potential Cause (Autosampler) Potential Cause (Autosampler) Corrective Action Loose or leaky fitting. Tighten or exchange the fitting or capillary. Rotor seal (injection valve). Exchange the rotor seal. Damaged metering seal or piston. Exchange the metering seal. Check the piston for scratches.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
seal. Damaged metering seal or piston. Exchange the metering seal. Check the piston for scratches. Exchange the piston if required. Needle seat. Exchange the needle seat. Table 11 Potential Cause (Column Compartment) Potential Cause (Column Compartment) Corrective Action Loose or leaky fitting. Tighten or exchange the fitting or capillary. Rotor seal (column switching valve). Exchange the rotor seal. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration


key: chroma:document
string_value:
seal. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Valve Test Valve Test Description The Valve Test provides a fast and accurate way to verify proper hydraulic operation of the binary pump. Problems that are related to defective valves, seals or pistons can be diagnosed and usually the defective part is identified. Step The system is setup with water on both channels and a restriction capillary is attached to the outlet of the pump. Pump head A


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on both channels and a restriction capillary is attached to the outlet of the pump. Pump head A is delivering at 1 mL/min. The pressure signal is monitored and overlaid with the piston movement plot. The pressure pattern and the slope of the pressure signal are evaluated for the delivery strokes of both pistons. Step The procedure from step 1 is repeated on pump head B. Step The data from step 1 and 2 are evaluated. In case test failed, a conclusion about the defective part is made. 104


key: chroma:document
string_value:
step 1 and 2 are evaluated. In case test failed, a conclusion about the defective part is made. 104 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Valve Test Running the Valve Test Running the test from the Agilent Lab Advisor 1 Select the valve test from the test selection menu. 2 Start the test and follow the instructions. Evaluating the Results Refer to the help file of the Agilent Lab Advisor for further details. When The test should be used


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Refer to the help file of the Agilent Lab Advisor for further details. When The test should be used to prove proper operation of the binary pump after repairs or when the pressure test (see “(System) Pressure Test” on page 98) determined a problem with the pump. Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench, 1/4 - 5/16 inch, open Parts required p/n Description G1312-67500 Calibration capillary assembly Preparations Place two bottles of HPLC-grade water in channels A and B (A1 and B1 if the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
assembly Preparations Place two bottles of HPLC-grade water in channels A and B (A1 and B1 if the pump is equipped with a solvent selection valve) NOTE The Valve Test should only be performed when firmware revisions < A.06.50 are installed. For firmware revision A.06.50 or above, perform the Leak Rate Test instead. NOTE Make absolutely sure that the pump is very thoroughly flushed with water before starting the test! Any trace of other solvents or the smallest air bubble inside the flow path


key: chroma:document
string_value:
starting the test! Any trace of other solvents or the smallest air bubble inside the flow path definitely will cause the test to generate misleading results! NOTE Make sure to release the pressure by opening the purge valve when the test has completed. Otherwise the pump may generate an overpressure error. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration Description Each solvent or solvent mixture has unique compressibility at different pressures. In order to deliver accurate flow with minimal pressure- and composition ripple over the full operational pressure range, it is necessary that the pump compensates precisely for the compressibility of the solvents in use. The binary pump comes with compressibility parameters for the most common HPLC


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the solvents in use. The binary pump comes with compressibility parameters for the most common HPLC solvents and solvent mixtures. If a solvent is not available in the list of pre-calibrated solvents, the solvent compressibility calibration allows the appropriate compressibility data to be generated. Technical background The solvent compressibility calibration relies on an accurate elasticity calibration of the pump. With a proper elasticity calibration in place, the pump is switched into


key: chroma:document
string_value:
calibration of the pump. With a proper elasticity calibration in place, the pump is switched into pressure control mode. A restriction capillary is connected to the purge valve outlet. By varying the flow rate, the pump maintains a certain pressure. The pump optimizes the compressibility value of the solvent until the lowest possible pump ripple is reached. The pump increases the flow rate and adjusts the pressure to the next calibration step where the pump ripple is minimized again. This


key: chroma:document
string_value:
adjusts the pressure to the next calibration step where the pump ripple is minimized again. This process is repeated until solvent compressibility data for the whole operating pressure range of the pump are available. The compressibility data set for this solvent is stored in an XML-file on the desktop. It can be shared with other InfinityLab LC Series binary pumps via the controlling data system. 106 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
system. 106 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Binary Pump Solvent Compressibility Calibration Running the Solvent Compressibility Calibration Running the Solvent Compressibility Calibration from the Agilent Lab Advisor 1 Select the solvent from the test selection menu. 2 Start the test and follow the instructions. When If a solvent is not available in the list of pre-calibrated solvents, the solvent compressibility calibration


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is not available in the list of pre-calibrated solvents, the solvent compressibility calibration allows to generate appropriate compressibility data. Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench, 1/4 - 5/16 inch, open Parts required p/n Description G1312-67500 Calibration capillary assembly Preparations Place a bottles with solvent to be calibrated in channel A (resp. A1 if a solvent selection valve is installed). CAUTION Avoid inaccurate pump elasticity calibration. This would lead into


key: chroma:document
string_value:
valve is installed). CAUTION Avoid inaccurate pump elasticity calibration. This would lead into invalid and not-portable solvent compressibility data. ➔ Make sure to perform accurate pump elasticity calibration. NOTE Make absolutely sure that the pump is very thoroughly flushed with the solvent to be calibrated before starting the procedure! Any trace of other solvents or the smallest air bubble inside the flow path definitely will cause the calibration to fail! NOTE Make sure to release the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
inside the flow path definitely will cause the calibration to fail! NOTE Make sure to release the pressure by opening the purge valve when the test has completed. Otherwise the pump may generate an overpressure error. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Pump Elasticity Calibration Pump Elasticity Calibration Description The flow path components of the binary pump have an inherent and pressure dependent elasticity which differs from pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of the binary pump have an inherent and pressure dependent elasticity which differs from pump to pump. When this elasticity/pressure function is known, a correction algorithm can be applied. This results in significantly improved pump performance in low delay volume mode (damper and mixer bypassed). The pump elasticity calibration uses a solvent with well known properties (HPLC-grade water) to determine the pump elasticity over the entire operating pressure range and stores the calibration


key: chroma:document
string_value:
determine the pump elasticity over the entire operating pressure range and stores the calibration values in the non-volatile RAM of the pump mainboard. The initial calibration is done at the factory. It only needs to be repeated after replacement of major pump parts (mainboard, pump drive). The test allows to define which pump head will be calibrated. NOTE Results of the pump elasticity calibration rely on known compressibility parameters for pure water. If the water is not HPLC-grade, not well


key: chroma:document
string_value:
rely on known compressibility parameters for pure water. If the water is not HPLC-grade, not well degassed or degasser and pump are not flushed properly, the pump elasticity calibration will fail. The pump elasticity calibration has to be performed for each pump head individually. CAUTION Incorrect pump elasticity calibration. Solvent compressibility calibrations acquired with a miscalibrated pump will work, but they are not transferable to other pumps. A correct pump elasticity calibration is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
will work, but they are not transferable to other pumps. A correct pump elasticity calibration is an essential prerequisite for successful solvent compressibility calibrations. ➔ Calibrate the pump elasticity correctly. 108 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Pump Elasticity Calibration Running the Pump Elasticity Calibration Running the Pump Elasticity Calibration from the Agilent Lab Advisor Software 1 Select the pump elasticity


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Pump Elasticity Calibration from the Agilent Lab Advisor Software 1 Select the pump elasticity calibration from the test selection menu. 2 Start the test and follow the instructions. When The initial calibration is done at the factory. It only needs to be repeated after replacement of major pump parts (mainboard, pump drive). Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench, 1/4 - 5/16 inch, open Parts required p/n Description G1312-67500 Calibration capillary assembly Preparations Place all


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Parts required p/n Description G1312-67500 Calibration capillary assembly Preparations Place all bottle heads in to a bottle of HPLC-grade water. NOTE Make absolutely sure that the pump is very thoroughly flushed with the solvent to be calibrated before starting the procedure! Any trace of other solvents or the smallest air bubble inside the flow path definitely will cause the calibration to fail! NOTE If a solvent selection valve is installed flush all four solvent channels to avoid that air


key: chroma:document
string_value:
NOTE If a solvent selection valve is installed flush all four solvent channels to avoid that air from a dry solvent intake tube is drawn into the flow path upon initialization. NOTE Make sure to release the pressure by opening the purge valve when the test has completed. Otherwise the pump may generate an overpressure error. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Pump Leak Rate Test Introduction The Pump Leak Rate Test


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Pump Leak Rate Test Introduction The Pump Leak Rate Test is used for verifying the internal tightness of the pump and helps identifying parts which may have caused a leak. System requirements Minimum software revisions:  Lab Advisor B.02.03 Minimum firmware revisions:  A.06.50 Test Principle A solvent can be chosen from available solvent channels and a maximum target pressure can be defined at which th e test will be run. Typically, this is the maximum


key: chroma:document
string_value:
target pressure can be defined at which th e test will be run. Typically, this is the maximum pressure specified for the pump. The test can be run with any solvent compatible to the pump. Before the test, the pump is flushed with solvent in order to remove air bubbles, as air bubbles are compressed during the test and therefore would appear as leaks. Using a degasser is highly recommended. 110 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Initially, the pressure is increased to about 100 bar below the target pressure, which has been set for the test. Then piston 1 is brought to its rear position. An increasing flow is delivered by piston 1. In case of a leak, the pressure will drop initially as long as the flow rate delivered by the piston is lower than the leak rate. As soon as the flow rate of the piston exceeds the leak


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by the piston is lower than the leak rate. As soon as the flow rate of the piston exceeds the leak rate, the measured pressure will increase again. Therefore the minimum pressure of that curve segment corresponds to the flow and leak rate at that time and the leak rate is measured. Subsequently, piston 2 is moved to its rear position, then piston 2 delivers and the measurement is done as described for piston 1. For a binary pump (G1312B/C, G7112B, K1312B), the test is run for both pump heads


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for piston 1. For a binary pump (G1312B/C, G7112B, K1312B), the test is run for both pump heads for channels A and B. Minimum firmware revisions:  A.06.50 SLVWRQ DWUHDUSRVLWLRQ DWUHDUSRVLWLRQ SLVWRQ SLVWRQ SLVWRQ GHOLYHUV GHOLYHUV SUHVVXUH EHORZWDUJHW DERXWEDU HINT This test does not work in emulation mode, that is when the G7112B Binary Pump emulates the G1312B Binary Pump. In case of an emulated module, convert to the original type first (see “Replacing Module Firmware” on


key: chroma:document
string_value:
case of an emulated module, convert to the original type first (see “Replacing Module Firmware” on page 188). InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Running the Test 1 Select the Pump Leak Rate Test from the Test Selection menu. 2 Start the test and follow the instructions. Evaluating the Results Results of the leak rate test are the leak rates measured for pistons 1 and 2 as described for the test principle. If any of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
test are the leak rates measured for pistons 1 and 2 as described for the test principle. If any of the leak rates exceeds 3 μL/min, the test will fail. Parts required p/n Description 5067-6127 Blank nut 1/16 inch long NOTE Make sure to release the pressure by slowly opening the purge valve when the test has finished. ,QOHWYDOYH 2XWOHWYDOYH 'DPSHU 3XPSFKDPEHU 3LVWRQ 3XPSFKDPEHU 3XUJHYDOYH 6HDO 3LVWRQ 7RZDVWH 7RFROXPQ 112 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6HDO 3LVWRQ 7RZDVWH 7RFROXPQ 112 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Potential Causes of Leak Rate Test Failure Secondary Leak If a leak is found for movement of piston 2 (secondary leak), the following reasons are possible: Primary Leak If a leak is found for movement of piston 1 (primary leak), any leak described for piston movement 2 will cause a failure for piston 1 as well, as the liquid can move through


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for piston movement 2 will cause a failure for piston 1 as well, as the liquid can move through the outlet valve to chamber 2. Such cases need to be identified as described before. Additionally, following causes are possible: NOTE For binary pumps, secondary pump chambers are connected. A leak observed in any of these chambers may be caused by the other secondary pump chamber. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 System not flushed properly Flush system for several minutes 2 Degassing efficiency


key: chroma:document
string_value:
actions 1 System not flushed properly Flush system for several minutes 2 Degassing efficiency is low Check degasser performance 3 Purge valve not closed or defect Check purge valve 4 Blank nut not installed tightly Tighten or replace blank nut 5 Outlet valve leaking (read below) Replace outlet valve 6 Leak at piston 2 or seal in chamber 2 Inspect piston, replace piston and/or seal Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak at piston 1 or seal in chamber 1 Inspect piston, replace piston and/or seal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
actions 1 Leak at piston 1 or seal in chamber 1 Inspect piston, replace piston and/or seal 2 Leak at inlet valve Replace inlet valve or inlet valve cartridge (AIV only) InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test Internal Outlet Valve Leak A leak of the outlet valve will be identified separately (internal outlet valve leak) by calculating the difference between leak rate 1 and leak rate 2. If the second leak rate is higher


key: chroma:document
string_value:
calculating the difference between leak rate 1 and leak rate 2. If the second leak rate is higher than the first one, this is due to a flow back through the outlet valve. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak at outlet valve Replace the part which has failed and re-run the test. 114 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 7 Test Functions and Calibration Pump Leak Rate Test InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Maintenance


key: chroma:document
string_value:
InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Cautions and Warnings Cleaning the Module Overview of Maintenance and Simple Repairs Maintenance Procedures Remove and Install Doors Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge Valve Replace the O-Ring on the Purge Valve Remove the Pump Head Assembly Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly Seal


key: chroma:document
string_value:
without Seal Wash Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly Seal Wear-in Procedure Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge Exchange the Seal Wash Cartridge Replace Leak Handling System Parts Exchange the Outlet Valve Installation of the Solvent Selection Valve Upgrade Kit Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve Replacing Module Firmware This chapter describes the maintenance of the module. 116 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the maintenance of the module. 116 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance The pump is designed for easy maintenance. The most frequent maintenance procedures such as piston seal replacement and purge valve frit exchange can be done from the front side without removing the pump from the system stack. These procedures are described in “Overview of Maintenance and Simple Repairs” on page 120. InfinityLab


key: chroma:document
string_value:
procedures are described in “Overview of Maintenance and Simple Repairs” on page 120. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Cautions and Warnings Cautions and Warnings WARNING The module is partially energized when switched off, as long as the power cord is plugged in. Repair work at the module can lead to personal injuries, e.g. electrical shock, when the cover is opened and the module is connected to power. ➔ Always unplug the power cable before opening


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is opened and the module is connected to power. ➔ Always unplug the power cable before opening the cover. ➔ Do not connect the power cable to the instrument while the covers are removed. WARNING Sharp metal edges Sharp-edged parts of the equipment may cause injuries. ➔ To prevent personal injury, be careful when getting in contact with sharp metal areas. WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ The volume of substances should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the instrument


key: chroma:document
string_value:
should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. 118 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Cautions and Warnings CAUTION Electronic boards and components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). ESD can damage electronic boards and components. ➔ Be sure to hold the board by the edges, and do not touch the electrical components. Always use ESD protection (for example, an ESD


key: chroma:document
string_value:
edges, and do not touch the electrical components. Always use ESD protection (for example, an ESD wrist strap) when handling electronic boards and components. CAUTION Safety standards for external equipment ➔ If you connect external equipment to the instrument, make sure that you only use accessory units tested and approved according to the safety standards appropriate for the type of external equipment. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Cleaning the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
equipment. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Cleaning the Module Cleaning the Module To keep the module case clean, use a soft cloth slightly dampened with water, or a solution of water and mild detergent. WARNING Liquid dripping into the electronic compartment of your module can cause shock hazard and damage the module ➔ Do not use an excessively damp cloth during cleaning. ➔ Drain all solvent lines before opening any connections in the flow path. 120


key: chroma:document
string_value:
during cleaning. ➔ Drain all solvent lines before opening any connections in the flow path. 120 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Overview of Maintenance and Simple Repairs Overview of Maintenance and Simple Repairs Figure 10 on page 120 shows the main user accessible assemblies of the binary pump. The pump heads and its parts require normal maintenance (for example, seal exchange) and can be accessed from the front (simple repairs). Replacement of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(for example, seal exchange) and can be accessed from the front (simple repairs). Replacement of valve cartridges or filters don’t require to remove the pump from the system stack. Figure 10 Overview of Maintenance and Simple Repairs Purge valve Outlet valve Active inlet valve Pump head Solvent selection valve Active seal wash cartridge Pressure sensor 1P u r g e v a l v e , s e e “Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge Valve” on page 2 Outlet valve, see “Exchange the Outlet Valve” on page


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Valve Frit or the Purge Valve” on page 2 Outlet valve, see “Exchange the Outlet Valve” on page 3 Active inlet valve, see “Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge” on page 4 Pump head, see “Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash” on page 5 Solvent selection valve, see “Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve” on page InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance Procedures Maintenance Procedures The procedures described in this section can


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Maintenance Procedures Maintenance Procedures The procedures described in this section can be done with the binary pump in place in the system stack. Table 12 Maintenance procedures Procedure Typical Frequency Notes “Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge Valve” on page Yearly, or if the frit shows indication of contamination or blockage If internally leaking A pressure drop of > 10 bar in low delay volume configuration and > 20 bar in standard configuration across the frit (5 mL/min H 2O


key: chroma:document
string_value:
delay volume configuration and > 20 bar in standard configuration across the frit (5 mL/min H 2O with purge valve open) indicates blockage Solvent dripping out of waste outlet when valve is closed “Remove the Pump Head Assembly” on page During yearly maintenance Necessary to get access to pump seals and pistons “Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash” on page Yearly, or if pump performance indicates seal wear Leaks at lower pump head side, unstable retention times, pressure ripple


key: chroma:document
string_value:
indicates seal wear Leaks at lower pump head side, unstable retention times, pressure ripple unstable — run Valve Test for verification Seal life time shorter than normally expected — check pistons while changing the seals “Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash” on page Yearly, or if pump performance indicates seal wear Only necessary when Seal Wash Option is installed. Leaks at lower pump head side, loss of wash solvent “Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge” on page If


key: chroma:document
string_value:
head side, loss of wash solvent “Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge” on page If leaking externally If solenoid is defective Error messages “Inlet Valve Fuse” or “Inlet Valve Missing” “Exchange the Outlet Valve” on page 146 If internally leaking Pressure ripple unstable, run Valve Test for verification “Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve” on page If internally leaking If solenoid is defective Cross port flow Error message “Valve Failed” 122 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is defective Cross port flow Error message “Valve Failed” 122 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Remove and Install Doors Remove and Install Doors Parts required p/n Description 5067-5746 Door Assembly Infinity 180 Right 5067-5745 Door Assembly Infinity 180 Left NOTE The figures shown in this procedure exemplarily show the Infinity II Multisampler module. The principle of how to remove and/or install doors works in the same way for all Infinity II


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The principle of how to remove and/or install doors works in the same way for all Infinity II modules. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Remove and Install Doors 1 Press the release buttons and pull the front door out. 2 For the Installation of the front door. Insert the hinges into their guides and move the door in until the release buttons click into their final position. 124 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance


key: chroma:document
string_value:
final position. 124 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge Valve Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge Valve When  Frit – when piston seals are exchanged or when contaminated or blocked (pressure drop of > 10 bar in low delay volume configuration and > 20 bar in standard configuration across the frit at a flow rate of 5 mL/min of water with purge valve opened)  Purge valve – if internally leaking Tools


key: chroma:document
string_value:
flow rate of 5 mL/min of water with purge valve opened)  Purge valve – if internally leaking Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench open 1/4 — 5/16 inch 8710-1924 Wrench open 14 mm Pair of tweezers OR Toothpick Parts required p/n Description 01018-22707 PTFE frits (pack of 5) G7111-60061 Purge valve 5067-4728 Seal cap Preparations  Switch off pump at the main power switch  Open the doors  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up solvent filters in solvent reservoirs for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
doors  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up solvent filters in solvent reservoirs for avoiding leakages 1 Using a 1/4 inch wrench disconnect the pump outlet capillary from the purge valve. Disconnect the waste tube. Beware of leaking solvents due to hydrostatic pressure. 2 Using the 14 mm wrench, unscrew the purge valve and remove it from the purge valve holder. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Purge Valve Frit or the Purge Valve 3 Remove the seal cap from the purge valve. Using a pair of tweezers or a toothpick, remove the frit. 4 Place a new frit into the purge valve with the orientation of the frit as shown below (slit in frit points to the front). Reinstall the seal cap including the gold seal. NOTE Before reinstallation always check the gold seal in the seal cap. A deformed seal cap should be exchanged. 5 Insert


key: chroma:document
string_value:
always check the gold seal in the seal cap. A deformed seal cap should be exchanged. 5 Insert the purge valve into the purge valve holder. 6 Tighten the purge valve and reconnect outlet capillary and waste tubing. 6HDOFDS 9DOYHERG\ 37)(IULWZLWKJURRYH 126 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Replace the O-Ring on the Purge Valve Replace the O-Ring on the Purge Valve When If the original o-ring is damaged and needs to be replaced Tools required p/n


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Purge Valve When If the original o-ring is damaged and needs to be replaced Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench open 1/4 — 5/16 inch 8710-1924 Wrench open 14 mm Pair of tweezers OR Toothpick Parts required # p/n Description 1 5067-6595 1260 PV O-ring FKM 5/pack 1 01018-22707 PTFE frits (pack of 5) (OPTIONAL) 1 5067-4728 Seal cap (OPTIONAL) Preparations  Switch off pump at the main power switch.  Open the doors of the module.  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up


key: chroma:document
string_value:
power switch.  Open the doors of the module.  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up solvent filters in solvent reservoirs for avoiding leakages.  Remove the purge valve from the pump head. 1 Disassemble the purge valve. 2 Remove the old o-ring from the purge valve. 3 Clean the purge valve parts. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Replace the O-Ring on the Purge Valve 4 Place the new o-ring on the Screw Purge Valve. 5 Place the screw with


key: chroma:document
string_value:
O-Ring on the Purge Valve 4 Place the new o-ring on the Screw Purge Valve. 5 Place the screw with o-ring on the Purge Valve Body. 6 Place the mounting ring on the screw. 7 Place a new frit into the purge valve with the orientation of the frit as shown below (slit in frit points to the front). Reinstall the seal cap including the gold seal. NOTE Before reinstallation always check the gold seal in the seal cap. A deformed seal cap should be exchanged. 128 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the seal cap. A deformed seal cap should be exchanged. 128 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Replace the O-Ring on the Purge Valve 8 Push the screw up and guide the o-ring into the gap. 9 Install the purge valve to the pump, make sure that you do not turn the Purge Valve Body when the screw is fixed to the pump. The o-ring will take damage. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Remove the Pump Head Assembly Remove


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Remove the Pump Head Assembly Remove the Pump Head Assembly When  Exchanging pump seals  Exchanging pistons  Exchanging seals of the seal wash option Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench open 1/4 — 5/16 inch 8710-2411 Hex key 3 mm12 cm long 8710-2392 Hex key 4 mm15 cm long T-handle 5023-0240 Hex driver, ¼", slitted Preparations Switch off the pump at the main power switch. CAUTION Damage of the pump drive Starting the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Switch off the pump at the main power switch. CAUTION Damage of the pump drive Starting the pump when the pump head is removed may damage the pump drive. ➔ Never start the pump when the pump head is removed. NOTE Both pump head assemblies use the same internal components. In addition, pump head A is fitted with the purge valve. The following procedure describes the removal and disassembly of pump head A (left). For pump head B (right) proceed in the same way and skip steps that deal with the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
head A (left). For pump head B (right) proceed in the same way and skip steps that deal with the purge valve. 130 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Remove the Pump Head Assembly 1 Open the doors. 2 Disconnect the capillaries at the back of the purge valve holder, the pump head adapter and the tube at the active inlet valve. Beware of leaking solvents. 3 Using a 4 mm hexagonal key stepwise loosen and remove the two pump head screws. 4 Unplug the active


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Using a 4 mm hexagonal key stepwise loosen and remove the two pump head screws. 4 Unplug the active inlet valve cable from the connector. Remove the pump head assembly from the module. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash When In case of maintenance or pump head internal leaks Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench open 1/4 — 5/16 inch 8710-2411 Hex key 3 mm12


key: chroma:document
string_value:
leaks Tools required p/n Description 8710-0510 Wrench open 1/4 — 5/16 inch 8710-2411 Hex key 3 mm12 cm long 8710-2392 Hex key 4 mm15 cm long T-handle 01018-23702 Insert tool Parts required # p/n Description 1 5063-6589 Piston seal PTFE, carbon filled, black (pack of 2), default OR 1 0905-1420 PE seals (pack of 2) 1 5063-6586 Sapphire piston Preparations  Switch off the pump at the main power switch.  Open the doors of the module.  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up solvent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
switch.  Open the doors of the module.  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up solvent filters for avoiding leakages.  Remove the Pump Head Assembly. NOTE Both pump head assemblies use the same internal components. In addition, pump head A is fitted with the purge valve. The following procedure describes the removal and disassembly of pump head A (left). For pump head B (right) proceed in the same way and skip steps that deal with the purge valve. 132 InfinityLab LC Series 1260


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in the same way and skip steps that deal with the purge valve. 132 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash 1 Place the pump head on a flat surface. Loosen the lock screw (two turns). 2 While holding the lower half of the assembly (piston housing), carefully pull the pump housing away from the piston housing. 3 Remove the support rings from the piston housing. 4 Lift the housing away from the pistons. 5 Check the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the support rings from the piston housing. 4 Lift the housing away from the pistons. 5 Check the piston surface and remove any deposits or layers: clean the piston surface with abrasive paper and rinse with 2-propanol. Replace piston if scratched. 6 Using the steel side of the insert tool, carefully remove the seal from the pump housing. 3LVWRQ6XUIDFH InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash 7 Using the plastic


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head without Seal Wash 7 Using the plastic side of the insert tool, insert new seals into the pump head. 8 Place the support rings on the piston housing. Note the correct position of the pins. 9 Place the pump housing onto the piston housing. 10 Insert the pistons and carefully press them into the seals. 11 Tighten the lock screw. 12 Install the pump head, see “Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly” on page 138. 134 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini


key: chroma:document
string_value:
head, see “Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly” on page 138. 134 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash When In case of maintenance or pump head internal leaks Tools required p/n Description 8710-2411 Hex key 3 mm12 cm long 8710-2392 Hex key 4 mm15 cm long T-handle 01018-23702 Insert tool Screwdriver, small flat head Parts required p/n Description 0905-1175 Wash seal (PTFE)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Insert tool Screwdriver, small flat head Parts required p/n Description 0905-1175 Wash seal (PTFE) 5062-2484 Gasket, seal wash (pack of 6) 5063-6586 Sapphire piston Preparations  Switch off the pump at the main power switch.  Open the doors of the module.  Use an optional solvent shutoff valve or lift up solvent filters for avoiding leakages.  Remove the Pump Head Assembly.  Remove the wash solvent tubings from the support ring inlet and outlet. NOTE Both pump head assemblies use the same


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solvent tubings from the support ring inlet and outlet. NOTE Both pump head assemblies use the same internal components. In addition, pump head A is fitted with the purge valve. The following procedure describes the removal and disassembly of pump head A (left). For pump head B (right) proceed in the same way and skip steps that deal with the purge valve. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash 1 Place the pump head on


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash 1 Place the pump head on a flat surface. Loosen the lock screw (two turns). 2 While holding the lower half of the assembly (piston housing), carefully pull the pump housing away from the piston housing. 3 Remove the seal holder and the seal wash support rings from the piston housing. 4 Remove the seal holder from the support ring assembly. 5 Lift the housing away from the pistons. 6 Check the piston surface and remove any


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ring assembly. 5 Lift the housing away from the pistons. 6 Check the piston surface and remove any deposits or layers: clean the piston surface with abrasive paper and rinse with 2-propanol. Replace piston if scratched. 3LVWRQ6XUIDFH 136 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash 7 Using the steel side of the insert tool, carefully remove the seal from the pump housing. 8 Using the plastic side of the insert


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tool, carefully remove the seal from the pump housing. 8 Using the plastic side of the insert tool, insert new seals into the pump head. 9 Using the steel side of the insert tool, remove the seal wash gasket and the wash seal from the support ring. 10 Using the plastic side of the insert tool, press the new wash seal (spring pointing upwards) into the recess of the support ring. 11 Place a seal wash gasket in the recess of the support ring. Use a matching orientation of gasket and support ring.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
gasket in the recess of the support ring. Use a matching orientation of gasket and support ring. Put the seal holder on top of the gasket. 12 Place the support rings on the piston housing. Note the correct position of the pins on the support ring. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Maintenance of a Pump Head with Seal Wash 13 Place the pump housing onto the piston housing. 14 Insert the pistons and carefully press them into the seals. 15 Tighten the lock


key: chroma:document
string_value:
piston housing. 14 Insert the pistons and carefully press them into the seals. 15 Tighten the lock screw. 16 Install the pump head, see “Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly” on page 138. 138 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly Reinstall the Pump Head Assembly When When reassembling the pump Tools required p/n Description 8710-2411 Hexagonal key, 3 mm Hexagonal key, 4 mm Parts required # p/n Description 1 79846-65501 Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Hexagonal key, 3 mm Hexagonal key, 4 mm Parts required # p/n Description 1 79846-65501 Pump head grease 1 Slide the pump head assembly onto the pump drive. Reconnect the active inlet valve cable to the connector. 2 Using a 4 mm hexagonal key, tighten the pump head screws stepwise with increasing torque. 3 Reconnect all tubings and capillaries. 4 Close the doors. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Seal Wear-in Procedure Seal Wear-in Procedure 1 Put a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Seal Wear-in Procedure Seal Wear-in Procedure 1 Put a bottle with 100 ml of isopropanol in the solvent cabinet and place the solvent intake filter of the pump head you want to wear in into this bottle. 2 Screw the PEEK adapter 1/4-28 to 10-32 (0100-1847) onto the active inlet valve and connect the inlet tube from the bottle head directly to it. 3 Connect the Restriction capillary (5022-2159) to the purge valve. Connect its other end to a waste container. 4


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Restriction capillary (5022-2159) to the purge valve. Connect its other end to a waste container. 4 Open the purge valve and purge the system for 5 min with isopropanol at a flow rate of 2 mL/min. 5 Close the purge valve, set the flow to a value that gives a pressure of 350 bar. Pump 15 min at this pressure to wear the seals in. The pressure can be monitored on the analog output connector of the pump, with the Instant Pilot, chromatographic data system or any other controlling device connected


key: chroma:document
string_value:
pump, with the Instant Pilot, chromatographic data system or any other controlling device connected to your pump. 6 Turn OFF the pump, slowly open the purge valve to release the pressure from the system, disconnect the restriction capillary and reconnect the outlet capillary to the purge valve. Reconnect the intake tubing to the solvent selection valve and the connecting tube from the solvent selection valve (if installed) to the AIV. 7 Purge your system with the solvent used for your next


key: chroma:document
string_value:
selection valve (if installed) to the AIV. 7 Purge your system with the solvent used for your next application. 140 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge When If internally leaking (backflow) Tools required Description Wrench, 14 mm Parts required p/n Description G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge G1312-60020 Cartridge for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
p/n Description G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge G1312-60020 Cartridge for active inlet valve 600 bar Preparations Switch off the pump at the main power switch CAUTION Ensure correct fit of the active inlet valve Overtightening will destroy the active inlet valve cartridge. ➔ Tighten the active inlet valve properly. 1 Open the doors. 2 Unplug the active inlet valve cable from the connector. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the connector. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge 3 Disconnect the solvent inlet tube at the active inlet valve (beware of leaking solvents). NOTE Binary pumps without solvent selection valve (SSV) have an adapter installed between the solvent line and the active inlet valve (AIV). Disconnect the solvent tubes at the adapter and remove the adapter from the AIV. Using a 14 mm wrench, loosen the active


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tubes at the adapter and remove the adapter from the AIV. Using a 14 mm wrench, loosen the active inlet valve and remove the valve from the pump head. 5 Using a pair of tweezers, remove the valve cartridge from the defective active inlet valve. 6 Push the cartridge into the new active inlet valve. 142 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge 7 Screw the new valve into the pump head. With the 14 mm


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Active Inlet Valve (AIV) or its Cartridge 7 Screw the new valve into the pump head. With the 14 mm wrench, turn the nut until it is hand tight. 8 Position the valve so that the solvent inlet tube connection points towards the front. 9 Using the 14 mm wrench, tighten the nut by turning the valve in its final position (not more than a quarter turn). Do not overtighten the valve. 10 Reconnect the inlet tube to the valve. 11 Reconnect the Active Inlet Valve cable to the connector in the Z-panel. 12


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tube to the valve. 11 Reconnect the Active Inlet Valve cable to the connector in the Z-panel. 12 Close the doors. NOTE After an exchange of the valve it may be required to pump several mL of the solvent used in the current application before the flow stabilizes at a pressure ripple as low as it used to be when the system was still working properly. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Seal Wash Cartridge Exchange the Seal Wash Cartridge Parts


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Seal Wash Cartridge Exchange the Seal Wash Cartridge Parts required p/n Description 5065-4445 Peristaltic pump with Pharmed tubing Preparations  Switch off pump at the main power switch.  Open the doors. 1 Remove the wash solvent tubings from the support ring outlet and from the adapter leading to the waste bottle. 2 Unclip the peristaltic pump cartridge from the module housing and remove it. 144 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
from the module housing and remove it. 144 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Seal Wash Cartridge 3 Put the new peristaltic pump cartridge onto the rod of the pump motor and push the plastic clips into the module housing. 4 Connect the peristaltic pump tubes to the support rings outlet and to the adapter leading to the waste bottle. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace Leak Handling System Parts Parts required p/n Description 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) approximately 85 mm required 1 Open the doors. 2 Press the Leak Adapter down and remove it together with the tubing. 3 Install the Leak Adapter by pressing it into the Main Cover. 4 Insert the Tubing (approximately 85 mm required for replacement) between Leak Adapter


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Main Cover. 4 Insert the Tubing (approximately 85 mm required for replacement) between Leak Adapter outlet and Leak Panel. 5 Close the doors. 146 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Outlet Valve Exchange the Outlet Valve When if leaking internally Tools required Description Wrench, 1/4 - 1/5 inch Wrench 1/4 inch Wrench, 14 mm Parts required p/n Description G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 Preparations Switch off the pump at the main power


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Description G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 Preparations Switch off the pump at the main power switch 1 Using a ¼ inch wrench disconnect the absorber capillary from the outlet valve. 2 Unscrew the valve with the 14 mm wrench and remove it from the pump body. NOTE Do not disassemble the outlet valve, as this can damage the valve. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Outlet Valve 3 Reinstall the outlet valve and tighten it using a torque


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Maintenance Exchange the Outlet Valve 3 Reinstall the outlet valve and tighten it using a torque wrench (approx.12 Nm). 4 Reconnect the capillary. 12 Nm approx. 148 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Installation of the Solvent Selection Valve Upgrade Kit Installation of the Solvent Selection Valve Upgrade Kit A solvent selection valve allows you to choose between four different solvents that can be used with a binary pump. The valve switches between


key: chroma:document
string_value:
between four different solvents that can be used with a binary pump. The valve switches between two solvents A1 and A2 for channel A of the left pump head and two solvents B1 and B2 for channel B of the right pump head. Tools required Description Screwdriver Pozidriv #1 Parts required p/n Description G1381B Solvent Selection Valve Upgrade Kit Preparations If required, remove solvent tubes from the inlet valves. 1 Remove the front cover sheet by removing both screws. 2 Plug in the connector of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
inlet valves. 1 Remove the front cover sheet by removing both screws. 2 Plug in the connector of the solvent selection valve. 3 Install the solvent selection assembly by fixing the indicated screws. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Installation of the Solvent Selection Valve Upgrade Kit 4 Connect the outlet for solvent A (upper row) to the inlet valve of the left pump head. Connect the outlet for solvent B (lower row) to the inlet valve of the right


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of the left pump head. Connect the outlet for solvent B (lower row) to the inlet valve of the right pump head. Put the solvent bottles into the solvent cabinet. Connect the bottle heads of solvents A1 and A2 to the inlets in the upper row, see labels on valve assembly. Connect the bottle heads of solvents B1 and B2 to the inlets in the lower row, see labels on valve assembly. 150 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve When If leaking internally (crossflow between the ports), or if one of the channels is blocked Tools required p/n Description 8710-0899 Screwdriver, Pozidriv #1 Parts required p/n Description G1381-60000 Solvent Selection Valve Upgrade Kit Preparations Switch off the pump at the main power switch 1 Lift solvent bottles out of the solvent cabinet and place them


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the pump at the main power switch 1 Lift solvent bottles out of the solvent cabinet and place them on the table. Disconnect the solvent tubes from the solvent selection valve and empty the tubes into the bottles. Place the bottles back into the solvent cabinet. 2 Disconnect all tubings from the solvent selection valve. 3 Using a Pozidriv screwdriver #1 loosen the holding screws of the valve holder. 4 Carefully pull the valve holder out and disconnect the valve cable at the connector.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
holder. 4 Carefully pull the valve holder out and disconnect the valve cable at the connector. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Maintenance Exchange the Solvent Selection Valve 5 Exchange the defective solvent selection valve. 6 Tighten the screws of the valve holder. 7 Reconnect all tubings to the solvent selection valve. NOTE After an exchange of the valve it may be required to pump several mL of solvent before the flow stabilizes at a pressure ripple as low as


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be required to pump several mL of solvent before the flow stabilizes at a pressure ripple as low as it used to be when the system was still working properly. 152 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 8 Maintenance Replacing Module Firmware Replacing Module Firmware To upgrade/downgrade the module’s firmware carry out the following steps: 1 Download the required module firmware, the latest FW Update Tool and the documentation from the Agilent web.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the required module firmware, the latest FW Update Tool and the documentation from the Agilent web. http://www.agilent.com/en-us/firmwareDownload?whid=69761 2 For loading the firmware into the module follow the instructions in the documentation. Module Specific Information There is no specific information for this module. When The installation of newer firmware might be necessary  if a newer version solves problems of older versions or  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
solves problems of older versions or  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision. The installation of older firmware might be necessary  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision or  if a new module with newer firmware is added to a system or  if third party control software requires a special version. Tools required Description Agilent Lab Advisor software OR Instant Pilot G4208A (only if supported by module) Parts required # Description 1 Firmware, tools and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pilot G4208A (only if supported by module) Parts required # Description 1 Firmware, tools and documentation from Agilent web site Preparations Read update documentation provided with the Firmware Update Tool. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path with Solvent Selection Valve Hydraulic Path without Solvent Selection Valve Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash Pump Head Assembly with Seal Wash Option


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Selection Valve Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash Pump Head Assembly with Seal Wash Option Outlet Valve Purge Valve Assembly Active Inlet Valve Assembly HPLC System Tool Kit Active Seal Wash Option Solvent Cabinet Bottle Head Assembly Cover Parts Accessory Kit This chapter lists all parts and tools that are required for maintenance and simple repairs. 154 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path with Solvent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path with Solvent Selection Valve Hydraulic Path with Solvent Selection Valve Item # p/n Description 1 1 5067-5895 Solvent selection valve 1 5041-8365 Blank plug for unused SSV channels 2 2 G7111-60100 Solvent Tubes including labels Solvent selection valve to degasser 3 1 G7112-60070 Degasser Unit 2 Channels 4 1 G1311-67304 Connecting tube Degasser to Channel A 5 1 G7112-67300 Connecting Tube Degasser to Channel B 6 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Connecting tube Degasser to Channel A 5 1 G7112-67300 Connecting Tube Degasser to Channel B 6 1 G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge 7 1 G1312-60045 Pump head assembly with seal wash 8 1 G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 9 1 G1312-87300 Absorber capillary 10 1 G1312-67302 Capillary, channel A an d B pump head outlet to mixing chamber (included) 11 1 G1312-87301 Restriction capillary (m ixing capillary to pressure sensor) 13 1 G1312-87305 Capillary SSL, 0.17 x 150 mm (pressure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(m ixing capillary to pressure sensor) 13 1 G1312-87305 Capillary SSL, 0.17 x 150 mm (pressure sensor to damper) 15 1 G1312-87330 Mixer 16 1 G1312-87306 Capillary SSL, 0.17 x 105 mm (connections to solvent mixer) 1 G1312-04100 Bracket for solvent mixer 17 1 G7111-60061 Purge valve 18 1 5500-1246 Capillary ST 0.17 mm x 500 mm SI/SI 1 5500-1217 Capillary ST 0.17 mm x 900 mm SI/SX ps-ps 19 1 5064-5444 Peristaltic pump cartridge, silicone tubing 1 5065-9978 Tubing, 1 mm i.d., 3 mm o.d., silicone, 5


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Peristaltic pump cartridge, silicone tubing 1 5065-9978 Tubing, 1 mm i.d., 3 mm o.d., silicone, 5 m for seal wash option 20 1 5062-2461 Waste tube, 5 m (reorder pack) InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path with Solvent Selection Valve Figure 11 Hydraulic Path with Solvent Selection Valve 5 9 11 12 15 156 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path without Solvent Selection Valve Hydraulic Path without Solvent Selection Valve Item p/n Description 1 G7112-60070 Degasser Unit 2 Channels 2 G1311-67304 Connecting tube Degasser to Channel A 3 G7112-67300 Connecting Tube Degasser to Channel B 4 G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge 5 G1312-60056 Pump Head 1200 SL without Seal Wash 6 G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 7 G1312-87300


key: chroma:document
string_value:
G1312-60056 Pump Head 1200 SL without Seal Wash 6 G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 7 G1312-87300 Absorber capillary 8 G1312-67302 Capillary, channel A and B pu mp head outlet to mixing chamber (included) 9 G1312-87301 Restriction capillary (mix ing capillary to pressure sensor) 11 G1312-87305 Capillary SSL, 0.17 x 150 mm (pressure sensor to damper) 13 G1312-87330 Mixer 14 G1312-87306 Capillary SSL, 0.17 x 105 mm (connections to solvent mixer) G1312-04100 Bracket for solvent mixer 15


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SSL, 0.17 x 105 mm (connections to solvent mixer) G1312-04100 Bracket for solvent mixer 15 G7111-60061 Purge valve 16 5500-1246 Capillary ST 0.17 mm x 500 mm SI/SI 5500-1217 Capillary ST 0.17 mm x 900 mm SI/SX ps-ps 17 5065-4445 Peristaltic pump with Pharmed tubing 18 5062-2461 Waste tube, 5 m (reorder pack) 5065-9978 Tubing, 1 mm i.d. , 3 mm o.d., silicone, 5 m for seal wash option InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Hydraulic Path without Solvent Selection Valve Figure 12 Hydraulic Path without Solvent Selection Valve, with Active Seal Wash 7 9 10 13 158 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash Item p/n Description G1312-60056 Pump Head 1200 SL without Seal Wash 5063-6586 Sapphire piston


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Wash Item p/n Description G1312-60056 Pump Head 1200 SL without Seal Wash 5063-6586 Sapphire piston G1311-60002 Piston housing 5067-1560 Support Ring SL, no seal wash 4 5062-2484 Gasket, seal wash (pack of 6) 5042-8952 Seal holder 6 G1312-87300 Absorber capillary 5063-6589 Piston seal PTFE, carbon fi lled, black (pack of 2), default 8 G1311-25200 Pump chamber housing 0515-0175 Mounting screw for manual purge valve holder, M4, 20 mm long G1312-23200 Holder for manual purge valve G7111-60061


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for manual purge valve holder, M4, 20 mm long G1312-23200 Holder for manual purge valve G7111-60061 Purge valve G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 5042-1303 Lock screw G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge G1312-60020 Cartridge for active inlet valve 600 bar G1312-23201 Adapter 0515-2118 Pump head screw (M5, 60 mm) InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash Figure 13 Pump Head Assembly


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Materials for Maintenance Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash Figure 13 Pump Head Assembly Without Seal Wash 13 a,b 160 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Pump Head Assembly with Seal Wash Option Pump Head Assembly with Seal Wash Option Item p/n Description G1312-60045 Pump head assembly with seal wash 1 5065-9953 Seal wash pump assembly 5067-5744 Cabinet Kit 180 Infinity II (includes sides, bottom, top, leak adapter top


key: chroma:document
string_value:
pump assembly 5067-5744 Cabinet Kit 180 Infinity II (includes sides, bottom, top, leak adapter top and Status Indicator Insert) 5065-9978 Tubing, 1 mm i.d. , 3 mm o.d., silicone, 5 m for seal wash option 2 5063-6586 Sapphire piston 3 G1311-60002 Piston housing 4 01018-60027 Support ring seal wash 5 0905-1175 Wash seal (PTFE) 6 5062-2484 Gasket, seal wash (pack of 6) 7 5042-8952 Seal holder 8 G1312-87300 Absorber capillary 9 5063-6589 Piston seal PTFE, carbon filled, black (pack of 2), default


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Absorber capillary 9 5063-6589 Piston seal PTFE, carbon filled, black (pack of 2), default 10 0515-0175 Mounting screw for manual purge valve holder, M4, 20 mm long 11 G1312-23200 Holder for manual purge valve G7111-60061 Purge valve 13 G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 14 5042-1303 Lock screw 15 G1311-25200 Pump chamber housing 16a G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge 16b G1312-60020 Cartridge for active inlet valve 600 bar 17 G1312-23201 Adapter 18 0515-2118 Pump head screw


